diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191-8.txt | 1967 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 40277 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 69159 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191-h/35191-h.htm | 4827 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191-h/images/book.png | bin | 0 -> 364 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191-h/images/card.png | bin | 0 -> 249 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191-h/images/external.png | bin | 0 -> 172 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191.txt | 1967 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35191.zip | bin | 0 -> 40130 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
12 files changed, 8777 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/35191-8.txt b/35191-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aea79a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/35191-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1967 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Some notes on the bibliography of the +Philippines, by Thomas Cooke Middleton + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Some notes on the bibliography of the Philippines + +Author: Thomas Cooke Middleton + +Release Date: February 7, 2011 [EBook #35191] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PHILIPPINES *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team for Project Gutenberg at +https://www.pgdp.net/ + + + + + + + + Bulletin + of + The Free Library + of Philadelphia + + Number 4 + + + SOME NOTES ON THE + BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE + PHILIPPINES + + + By + + Rev. THOMAS COOKE MIDDLETON, D.D., O.S.A. + + + December, 1900 + + + + + + + Copyright, 1900, + by + The Free Library of Philadelphia. + + Press of + Edward Stern & Co., Inc. + Philadelphia + + + + + + +PREFACE. + + +So many inquiries have been made in the Free Library of Philadelphia +for information concerning the history and literature of the +Philippines, that an earnest effort was made some time ago to gather +together books bearing on these subjects. The fact that a short +catalogue of Philippine literature, prepared by the bibliographer, +W. E. Retana, comprises as many as three thousand separate works, +is a matter known to comparatively few persons, and it was therefore +with considerable interest that the Philobiblon Club of Philadelphia +obtained the promise of the Rev. Thomas Cooke Middleton that he would +read a paper upon the bibliography of the Philippines before the +Club. This Bulletin is a copy of that paper, as read in substance, +and it would have been published several months since but for the +unfortunate loss of the manuscript in the office of the newspaper to +which the author had confided it. In answer to the urgent requests +of the members of the Philobiblon Club, Father Middleton very kindly +re-wrote it and consented that it should be printed by the Free +Library of Philadelphia for the use of the students and patrons of +the Library. An evil fate, however, seemed to pursue the manuscript, +and within four days after it had been completed for the second time +it perished in the great fire which destroyed the printing house of +J. B. Lippincott Co. Once more the author took courage, and again +wrote out the paper, and these facts are recorded both as a matter +of interest, and to explain why this Bulletin has been so long delayed. + +A collection of books on the subject of the Philippines is being +gradually accumulated, and it seems desirable both to furnish the +readers in the Library with information upon the subject, and also +to take an opportunity to counteract the popular misapprehension as +to what has been done by the residents of the Philippines in the way +of literature. + +Since the collection of works on this subject was commenced the Free +Library has prepared and mimeographed from time to time for the use +of its readers "Finding Lists" of the books on the shelves relating +to the Philippine Islands. The latest of these lists, prepared May 4, +1900, shows that fifty-four volumes have been collected and also gives +references to nearly six hundred magazine articles in the Library. + +Possibly one of the most interesting books received in the Library +is the Flora de Filipinas, consisting of four folio volumes of text +(printed in Spanish and Latin on the same page) and two of colored +lithographed plates. It was published at Manila 1877-1883 for the +friars of St. Augustine under the direction of H. Ex. the late +Sebastiano Vidal y Soler, assisted scientifically by the able +botanists, the Rev. Fathers Fr. Andres Naves and Fr. Celestino +Fernández Villar, both of the Augustinian order of friars. It was +composed from manuscripts of the late Father Blanco of the same +order. The plates were drawn and colored from nature by native artists, +and sent to Barcelona where they were lithographed, and after six +hundred copies were printed off, the stones were destroyed. As will +be noticed, in many cases the specimens are given both in fruit and +flower, necessitating in most instances a gathering of the specimens +at distinct seasons of the year. + +The book was published as a serial work, two or three parts with four +plates each (with corresponding descriptions) appearing monthly. There +were several stoppages during the printing of the work, caused by +a large fire at one time and an earthquake at another, from both of +which the printing establishment at which the book was being published +suffered. In this manner the time occupied in the publication was +prolonged. + +The original editor was Sr. Domingo Vidal, who unfortunately, after +only two or three parts of the work had been given out, was obliged +to leave the Islands on account of poor health. Several months later +he died and his brother, who had assumed the editorship, upon his +departure from Manila, continued the work until it was finished. + +The Trustees of the Free Library of Philadelphia desire to express +their thanks to the Rev. Dr. Middleton for the contribution to +bibliography which follows. A short index has been added, which +it is believed will fit the paper for general use. Many thanks are +due to Mr. John Ashhurst for his assistance in this tedious part of +the Bulletin. + + + John Thomson. + + + + + + +INTRODUCTORY. + + +The following pages, embodying a survey (on a broad scale) of the chief +characteristics of Philippine intellectual energy, in its various lines +of art, science, letters, seem an objective worthy of the American +scholar, who, to his own large group of aboriginal tongues at home, +has now to add to his field of study a similarly far-reaching family +of the many-toned dialects of Malaysia,--twenty-seven idioms at least +in number,--according to Retana's tabulation, whereof I give a list +drawn from his latest bibliography of the Philippines, [1] where, +enumerating the various works published in the several dialects in +use in that archipelago, he has summarized them in the following table: + + + Bisaya, or Visaya, generic name for Titles. + 1. Cebuano, Isle of Cebú | + 2. Panayano, Hiligayno and Harayo, Isle of Panay | 352 + 3. Leyte, or Leite, and Sámar Isles | + 4. Tagalo, Isle of Luzon 230 + 5. Ilocano, ibid. 143 + 6. Bícol, or Vícol, ibid. 61 + 7. Pangasinán, ibid. 24 + 8. Pampango, ibid. 22 + 9. Ibanag, ibid. 15 + 10. Moro-Maguindánao 8 + 11. Cuyono 7 + 12. Tiruray 6 + 13. Bagobo 3 + 14. Aeta, or Negrito, Isle of Negros 2 + 15. Gaddan, Isle of Luzon 2 + 16. Isinay, ibid. 2 + 17. Joloano 2 + 18. Manobo, Isle of Mindanao 2 + 19. Tagbanúa, Isle of Paragua 2 + 20. Tino, or Zambale, Isle of Luzon 2 + 21. Batanes, or Vatanes, Isle (of same name) 1 + 22. Bilaan 1 + 23. Bisaya-montés, Isle of Mindanao 1 + 24. Calamiano 1 + 25. Egongot, or Ilongote, Isle of Luzon 1 + 26. Samal 1 + 27. Tagacaolo 1 + + +This bibliography, which we rightly may term wealthy in its two +thousand six hundred and ninety-seven titles [2] of numbered pieces +of literature, besides being based largely on the author's own choice +collection of Philippina, cites also fourteen other bibliographies +of that archipelago. [3] + +In his own list of Philippine languages, or branch-tongues, of this +quarter of Malaysia, in all (as he gives them) thirty-seven in number, +some are mentioned, that, except in a broad sense, will not easily +be recognized as members of the distinctively Philippine family; such +as Sanscrit, Chinese, Japanese, Javanese, Nahuatl of Central America, +along with Kanaka or Ponapé, [4] Chamorro and Malgacho, or Malagasy, +as we more familiarly style it, three dialects spoken in lands outside +of the Philippine zone,--of Yap, or Guap, in the eastern Carolines, +the Marianas, or Ladrones, and Madagascar respectively. + +Wherefore, subtracting these nine foreign localized idiom-groups along +with Malay (presumably ancestral tongue of the Philippines, as of +other western Polynesian languages), though herein many scholars hold +that Aeta, or Papuan, is mother, I have reduced the idioms peculiar +(in large measure) to that archipelago itself to the number (given +ahead)--twenty-seven. + +On this question of race and idiom unity Zúñiga, whom I cite +frequently in this sketch, says that the vocabularies of New Zealand, +New Holland, New Guinea, and part of New Hebrides (gathered by Captain +Cook) were all easily understood by him through his familiarity with +Philippine dialects; that, moreover, from his knowledge of the racial +and linguistic characteristics of nearly all South Sea islanders, +especially of the peoples from Madagascar to Easter Island, including +(he distinctly declares) the natives of the Friendly, or Society +Isles, of the Sandwich and Marquesas groups, he was of opinion that +aboriginal stock of all, in tongue and blood, including even the +natives of Central America, was Aeta, or Papuan, otherwise styled +(in the Philippines) Negrito. [5] As far back as the early part of the +seventeenth century this same question of race and language identity +of the Philippine people was treated by the Jesuit Chirino, of whom we +shall say more further on; then later by another Jesuit scholar, at one +time provincial superior of his society in the Philippines, Francisco +Colín, in his Lavor evangelica, (Madrid, 1663); and by Lorenzo Hervás +y Panduro, a linguist of deserved eminence in the world of letters, +formerly Jesuit. See his Catalogo (in six quarto vols., Madrid, +1800-1805), and you will learn very much about many strange things, +among others, that the theory maintained by the English Wallace, +the German Blumentritt, and later ethnologists, as to the identity of +these Polynesians--Papuans and Malays--perhaps the only one now held +by scholars--is venerably old, by two centuries and more. But really, +in view of the apparently irreconcilable opinions of linguists on +this topic, further discussion of it seems unprofitable. + +As concerns the Philippines themselves, neither have their isles +all been numbered, nor their sub-races and branch-idioms classified, +except in what we may style a generic scheme. + +Back now to our bibliographer. No study in mere humanities, it seems, +could be more fascinating to your all-round scholar, and more fruitful +especially to anthropologist, than with the guidance of Retana and +other like gifted students of Philippina, to enlarge somewhat on this +bibliographical theme, since in letters chiefly do men of upright mind +find equipment for meditation of spirit, main source of all healthful, +sober, intellectual recreation and work. + +Our list of Philippina, as you will notice, although given merely in +outline, embraces in its sweep across the literary horizon of that +quarter of Malaysia many works of recognized merit in the several lines +of intellectual energy--of history, archæology, ethnology, philology +and natural philosophy; books, all of them, which, if perchance not +masterpieces according to the higher standard of Caucasian scholarship, +will yet be acknowledged of much interest, nay, of great value in +the inspiration and development of scientific thought. + +In this bibliographical skeleton, then, I shall point out those +sources of information anent the Philippine Islands, wherein the +scholar can best find a general description or history of them, the +most trustworthy works on their very varied and multiform language, +as well as other topics cognate with these. Hence these sub-sections +into which my paper is split: (1) Works of General Information; (2) +Authorities on Philippine Dialects; (3) Some Literary Curios among +Philippina; (4) Philippine Presses; (5) Introduction of Printing into +the Philippines. + +First, I name the chief works of reference, [6] of the highest, most +authoritative character, bearing on the distinctive peculiarities of +the Philippines,--works that will be recognized as serviceable to the +general reader and scholar, to him that seeks to learn of the history +of that archipelago, of its antiquities, and characteristics of the +many tribes that people it,--of their customs, religious beliefs, +superstitions and rites; of the fauna, flora, geology of those +islands; in brief, of whatever refers to this part of Malaysia. For +no matter how much the Malay,--Javan, Bornese, Sumatran, as well +as Philippinian--has been civilized--Christianized, so far (as +must be conceded) he has not become Caucasian in mind, nor will, nor +spirit. He remains as he was, (nor any wonder), wholly Asiatic. Albeit, +for three centuries and upwards, taught, ruled, elevated (at times, +too, disedified) by white men, the Malay, or brown man, is not, +perhaps never will be, employed by Europeans, save in very limited +sphere, in wholly subordinate trusts, whether in commerce, trade, +or whatsoever other field of human activity. + + + + + + +I. + +WORKS OF GENERAL INFORMATION. + + +But let us on to our list of works of general reading. Sifting the +treasure-stores of authorities named in Retana and others, I find +the following books of most value and service, whereof, though some +few among them, and for that matter the highest in their respective +classes, are no longer in print, yet these very masterpieces, if +not obtainable by purchase, like many another priceless blessing, +still are worth knowing by title to book-lover and scholar, who, +if perchance he cannot have these repertories of human lore on his +shelves, will know at least by what title to seek them on others. + +Of the Philippines and their neighboring archipelagos these works +rank of the highest worth: + +The history of Mindanao, Jolo, and their adjacent islands (Madrid, +1667), written by the Jesuit, Francisco Combés--the most ancient +detailed account of that region of Polynesia, known as the Archipelago +del Sur, and invaluable beyond other guides to the ethnologist +especially. + +Then an account of the establishment of Christianity in the Marianas +Islands (Madrid, 1670?) similarly the oldest and at the same time most +reliable history of these Ladrones, or robber, islands, so styled by +early Spanish voyagers because of the thievish proclivities of the +natives, every one of them in theory and practice an annexationist and +protectionist to the back-bone, till the Jesuit missionary and scholar, +Diego Luis de Sanvitores, author of this history, rechristened them +Marianas, in honor (according to some chroniclers) of Doña Mariana +of Austria, Queen of Spain, in loving and tenderest-hearted homage +(according to others) of the Blessed Virgin, whose rosary that savant +was wont to recite every day. [7] + +Then the story of the various religious missions in the Philippines +entrusted to members of his Society by another Jesuit, Pedro +Murillo Velarde (Manila, 1749), a rare and valuable work, whereof +an accompanying chart, drawn in 1734, should, strictly speaking, be +styled the earliest detailed topographical map of the Philippines. From +the pen of the same scholar issued, too, an historical geography +of that archipelago (Madrid, 1752), of much worth, the same as his +chart, for its scientific details--albeit little known, it seems, +to Philippinologists. + +Then we have the rare and deeply interesting history (Madrid, 1756) of +some tribes in Luzon, hardest to convert--the Igorrotes, Tinguianes, +Apayaos and Adanes, four races of Indians in the hill-country of +Ilocos and Pangasinán, in spiritual charge of the Augustinians, +a member of which brotherhood, Manuel Carillo, is the author. + +Another book, that because of its manifold literary merit, of +historical accuracy and statistical detail, is styled by Retana +"an historical work par excellence," is the general history of the +Philippines (Sampaloc, 1788-1792), by the Recoleto missionary, Juan +de la Concepción, copious source of varied and valuable information, +wherein--albeit somewhat prolix in style, at times, too, rather +digressive--the author may fairly be said to be without rival. + +Then comes the descriptive and historical account of the Marianas +Islands (Madrid, 1875), by Felipe La Corte y Ruano Calderón, the best +work on that little-known archipelago, and a rich source of general +information anent these Malaysian islands. + +On the botany of the Philippines, a monumental work of the highest +character is the Philippine Flora (classified according to the sexual +system of Linnæus), by the Augustinian, Manuel Blanco, printed at +Manila, first in 1837, again in 1845, and finally republished a +third time in 1877-1883, in superb style, in four folio volumes of +text in Spanish and Latin, embellished with two volumes of colored +lithographed plates descriptive of the plants, flowers and fruits +of those islands. One of the co-laborers on the third edition of +this Flora was Ignacio Mercado, a Philippine botanist himself, and +professed member of the Augustinian brotherhood. + +The same Father Blanco also translated into Tagal the French physician +Tissot's work on medicine, enriched with his own life-long observations +on Philippine plant-lore. + +Along with Blanco's Flora should be named the catalogue of fauna +of the Philippines (Manila, 1895-1896), by the Dominican zoologist, +Casto de Elera, an expert in that line of biological science,--a work +in folio (in three volumes) of two thousand three hundred pages and +upwards, termed by Retana not only a monumental work--easily to be +believed--but one unique of its character. + +The geology of the islands (Madrid, 1840?), treated by Isidro +Sainz de Baranda, government inspector of mines, besides being well +worth reading, is the earliest study on this topic made on strictly +scientific lines. + +Two works, sole representatives of their kind, are named by Retana +as of singular value to the physician not only, but to ethnologist +and scholar especially,--one the Embriologia Sagrada (Manila, 1856), +by the Recoleto missionary Gregorio Sanz, written in aid of his fellow +caretakers of souls, whose services in behalf of suffering humanity in +out-of-the-way districts were often called upon by the natives, whose +practice of the curing art, based on their own traditional formulas, +especially in cases of child-bearing, was, despite the efforts of the +missionary to uproot their unnatural and utterly heathen disregard for +human life, attended too often with destruction of progeny and mother. + +The other repository of singular and very curious information is a +treatise in Visaya-Cebuano and Spanish by another Recoleto evangelist, +Manuel Vilches (Manila, 1877), written similarly in benefit of +Indian sick, the Manual, that is, of the Visaya Physician, or native +doctor--mediquillo, as in the Philippines these votaries of Hippocrates +are styled, a work praised by Retana as replete with Indian plant-lore. + +The richest and most valuable collection of statistics relating to +the Philippines, so at least acknowledged by experts, more reliable +too than the Spanish government's own work, is the Estado general +of all the pueblos--Christianized settlements--in the islands, drawn +up by the Dominican archbishop of Manila, Pedro Payo (Manila, 1886), +whereof the data were gathered by his vicars-forane and parochial-cures +throughout the archipelago. While the most artistic map of Luzon, +so styled by Retana, is the chart of that island (Madrid, 1883), +published in four sheets by Enrique D'Almonte y Muriel. + +With mention of two other authors I close this section of +Philippina,--one the history of the islands, or rather a detailed +account of his travels therein, by the Augustinian scholar and +voyager Joaquín Martínez de Zúñiga (Sampaloc, 1803), a work known by +its Spanish title as Estadismo de las Filipinas o mis viajes, which, +translated into English by John Maver, was published in London in 1814; +and lately edited by Retana himself at Madrid in 1893. + +As will be easily apparent to even the most cursory reader, Zúñiga's +travels, critical throughout in spirit, display on well nigh every +page the results of keen observation of affairs during his wanderings, +combined moreover with sober reflections on the character and condition +of the various races of people of the chief Philippine islands. + +In acknowledgment of its scientific worth, Retana has enriched Zúñiga's +history (in the edition just noted) with twelve scholarly appendices +replete with copious erudition, among other topics on the ethnography +and geography of the islands; on animals, plants, and minerals. In +these appendices, too, will be found copious bibliographies on special +topics, as trade, commerce, the não de Acapulco, taxation, finance, +and the like. + +And,--I feel that attention shall be called thereto, first because +the subject itself is deeply interesting to lovers especially of +folk-lore, then again, because commonly much misunderstood,--in one +of his appendices to Zúñiga (ii *66-*83), Retana has reproduced some +twenty-five pages of a Pangasinán Charm Book, covered with strange +words--jumbles, most of them, of mutilated Church Latin, with crosses +and queer-looking symbols. This charm-book in MS. (as are all its +fellows), whereof copies without count are circulated among the lowest, +most superstitious classes of islanders--Indians and meztizos, that is, +Spaniard, or Chinese, mixed with native,--is wont to be worn around +the neck, in the disguise of a Catholic scapular, as safeguard to +the wearer against perils of any kind, chiefly the knife, or bullet, +of his enemy. Again,--I am quoting Retana, who gives his own personal +experiences in Luzon,--so jealously and closely (he says) do these +Indian charm-bearers guard their secret heathenish practice from their +missionaries, who, for ages, albeit not always with good result, have +been striving to detach their wards from such superstitious usages, +that the same scholar and curio-hunter, despite his keenest research +in Luzon, has never been able to catch even a glimpse but of three +of these pagan scapularies, the ones shown to him by a Dominican +missionary, Father Casimiro Lafuente, for many years cure at the +pueblo of Santa Barbara, in Pangasinán, now (1893) a member of the +house of his brotherhood at Avila, in Spain. Moreover, it appears, +from the same Retana, that Father Lafuente, so many years resident +in the islands, had never succeeded in unearthing other scapularies +than these self-same three. + +Many other forms of heathenism, some of them not even yet wholly banned +from the Philippines, the reader will find described in another of +Retana's works--de Aniterías (Madrid, 1894). + +Zúñiga also tells all worth knowing of the abominable rites practised +among Luzonians,--of their Nonos, Duendes, the Pag-Papasipin, Tigbalag, +Patianac, Bongsol, and Bilao. Much of what he says regarding the +attachment of these peoples to unclean and impious ceremonies he +has gathered from that rarest of books--one copy only believed to +be extant, at the colonial museum of the Augustinians at Valladolid +(in Spain), the Práctica (Manila, 1731), of Father Tomás Ortiz, +one-time missionary of that brotherhood in China, then for thirty +years resident in Luzon, where he died in 1742. + +Better, however, consult Zúñiga himself, [8] and the notes thereon by +Retana, who singularly has failed to insert Ortiz' Práctica in his +Biblioteca, and you will find much of interest;--among other things +about tattooing, common practice at one time among all Polynesians, +the same as among our own aborigines, until taught more refined ways +by Christian missionaries; and about wakes too,--solemn ceremonials +of grief, with banquetting and chants--on the occasion of the death +of kindred. [9] + +Anent these and similar breaches of the Divine commands against +Satanism, it is surprising (I would observe) to reflect how many +forms of spirit and idol-worship [10] are (to their degradation +be it said) common with Malaysian and Caucasian. (See in our own +periodicals, published presumably by bright-minded, clean-souled +Christian philosophers, yes, see in these oracles of our fireside, +advertisements of magicians, diviners, fortune-tellers, charm-workers, +not to speak of other law breakers, whose mere self-interest seems +to have dulled all true intellective sense.) + +The last authority on general topics I name here as invaluable as +well as deeply interesting to the scholar is the Encyclopedia (in +two volumes) of the Augustinian travelers, Manuel Buzeta and Felipe +Bravo (Madrid, 1851)--a work replete with most varied information +along with statistics, now, of course, out of date, on the ethnology, +geography, topography, dialects, customs and rites of the aborigines +in the Philippine archipelago. + +Barring, as is only fair, any eulogy on the antiquated features of +this Encyclopedia, which yet will be recognized of much service to +the historian, the writer himself, who herein is supported among +others by Retana, would style this monument of varied scholarship +and research a masterpiece of all-round learning; within its lines +an indispensable guide to every Philippinologist. + +Such, then, are the books most trustworthy and serviceable in their +respective fields of history, antiquities, ethnology, and other +sciences relating to Philippina. + +Before leaving this subject to dwell on Philippinian linguistics, +I venture a brief digression on a class of works of general historic +character--repertories of all ethnic science, little known, however, +albeit to their serious disadvantage, to most students, and prized only +by your true-hearted book-lover, who has sense to value what he reads +for its own worth mainly, not because stamped with popular approval. + +These are annals of the religious brotherhoods in the East, to +be recognized in Retana and other catalogues under the various +titles of chronicles--sometimes as Conquistas, a by no means +unfamiliar term--stories, that is, of the conquest of heathendom, +woven oftentimes, no doubt, as recreation by the missionary amid +his cares; sometimes as relief from thoughts of his far-away native +land--journals, as it were, drawn up by the wanderer, who, besides +being traveler, usually was a more or less keen-eyed observer, at home +wherever Providence sent him; where, too, he studied (for self-interest +was also at stake) whatever regarded the natives in his care--the +lands they dwelt in, the skies above them, the waters around them. + +Scholars such as these on life-long service in their foreign homes +were wont to make themselves conversant with every characteristic +of the natives--with the language first of all, then the legends, +poetry, chants; with the traditions and customs of the people, the +industries and sports of their dusky-hued friends and brothers. + +As a rule, these plain, simply-told recitals of matters of fact, +chronicle among other curios of literature, all kinds of even the +most out-of-the-way learning anent the races of men; of plants and +animals, of the various oftentimes most singular phenomena of air, +earth, and water--subjects, all of them, of eagerest quest on the +part of scientist, ethnologist, linguist, philosopher, naturalist. + +These stories, albeit at times verbose, at others digressive, +will be acknowledged by the honest-minded critic as rich, indeed, +in many-sided lore, enough to repay amply whatever time or trouble +you have spent in their reading. + +With the exception of one collection of missionary annals--the +Relations of the Jesuits in North America; now being edited by +Reuben Gold Thwaites, Secretary of the State Historical Society of +Wisconsin--I know of no exact counterpart in the field of English +literature to these delightful narratives of old-time missionary +travelers, Maver's translation of Zúñiga's Estadismo, in 1814, being +not only out of print, but I suppose unpurchasable. + +With the aid of such monuments as these--all original records of +old-time conquistadores and their fellow-missionaries in the Americas, +it has resulted (to the delight and blessing of students) that the +cyclopedias of Americana (thirty nine volumes of them), wherein you +will find enshrined whatever is worthy of preservation in the various +chequered cycles of aboriginal and Spanish polity and art, massed +together by the Western historian Bancroft, are veritably invaluable to +the antiquarian, besides being wholesome and refreshing food for men of +intellective genius, as therein, along with abundant matter for romance +and epic, you will see unraveled and laid bare many a drama of life. + + + + + + +II. + +AUTHORITIES ON PHILIPPINE DIALECTS. + + +Now a few words anent the chief authorities on Philippine +linguistics--treatises, namely, bearing on the various dialects +employed in that archipelago, twenty-seven in number, as observed +ahead, all, however, akin in their common stock--Malay, of which these +idioms, or patois, are daughters, yet with countless, sharply-marked +differences between one another. + +A working knowledge of the many fashions of speech so much needed +as obvious, nay, indispensable to traveler or missionary, will be +gained most quickly and thoroughly, it should be premised, from books +of two-fold character,--(1) namely, from grammars and dictionaries +of the several idioms, based on scientific rules of philology; then +(2) from devotional works--books of Christian piety, very numerous +in the Philippines, as are religious manuals, prayer-, sermon-, +and confession-books, whereof titles abound in Retana, all pretty +much from the busy pen of missionaries themselves, to whose zeal +and ability in the instruction of their brown and black many-tongued +wards is due largely, nay, wholly, whatever of humanizing, Christian +character is found in Malaysia, as in fact is true also in other +countries now civilized and enlightened, albeit once barbarian. + +In his latest bibliography, [11] where the number of published +works in each of the twenty-seven dialects of the Philippines is +set down by Retana, you will observe from a study of his lists, that +though in many dialects there are no grammars so entitled, or other +scientific aids to learning a given idiom, yet there are many works +of religious cast printed therein,--hand-books of practical religion, +which you will find useful beyond measure to linguists. Since from +these prayer-books, wherein are set down plainly the simplest and +commonest rules of Christian ethical conduct, you can easily gather +a working knowledge of the language itself, as the missionary who +composed them was careful to put matters of every-day interest in the +plain, every-day speech of the islanders. Before closing this brief +digression on manuals of piety, I must observe what will prove very +useful, I judge, to the scholar, that with works of the first class, +as grammars and dictionaries, is to be associated on shelf and desk +a goodly number of works of another class--books and treatises that +bear the name Arte = Aids to Learning, whereof you will encounter +very many in Retana. + +The Arte of a given dialect, as will be found true also in a measure +for grammars and other school-manuals, will be recognized as a +compendium of not only literary rules, but of many practical maxims of +daily life, whereby the pupils are urged not only to correct speech, +but to upright conduct as well through sobriety, piety to the Supreme +Being, obedience to rulers, respect for parents and fellows, according +to the noblest ideals of refined Christian manhood and womanhood. Thus, +with grammar were taught ethics; with politics, religion. + +Referring here to class-books in the Philippines, where from +the earliest years of the conquest every pueblo had its school of +primary instruction, it will not be irrelevant to point out the fact +very stoutly that though education (as admitted by well-nigh every +chronicler) was primitive in character,--and in the sixteenth and +seventeenth centuries where was it not? yet the course of instruction +given in the common schools of bamboo-thatch was (as results amply +testify) deep and solid enough for the intellectual calibre of the +people. Since, so far as known, Malaysia, however saintly, heroic, +innocent, the same as our own aborigines, albeit now civilized +for three centuries and upwards, has, despite the heartiest aid +in teachers and funds, fairly lavished on them by Church and state, +turned out no man of shining mark, no scholar, no artist, no genius in +statecraft or commerce. The first college-institution with pretensions +to higher courses of intellectual training was opened (formally at +least) by the Jesuits in 1601, less than half a century, that is, +after the arrival of Europeans in Luzon. + +In regard to common Indian schools, so zealously guarded by the +Leyes de las Indias, I have picked up here and there from old-time +chroniclers scraps of many ordinances passed by the crown relative to +their foundation and conduct. Among them the following bits of quaint +old-fashioned oversight of the dominies in charge. Thus, in 1754, I +have read that each maestro of a mission-school was to get, in lieu +of support, "a peso and one caban--a measure--of rice a month." (A +caban was equal to 75 litres, about the same number of quarts, +English.) Again, every mission-priest was called upon to supply (free +to his pupils) "paper and ink." Moreover, as early as the beginning of +the century just closing, in 1817, it was ordained that boys' schools +were to be kept on the ground-floor of the mission-house; while the +girls were to be taught at their mistress' home. (Malaysia--thus it +was ordained--was not to experiment with the "co-educational theory.") + +Now for the promised works of chief authority on Philippine +linguistics,--monuments of the various dialects of that archipelago, +that, along with their purely technical value to the student of idioms, +will be acknowledged as useful to scholars in even far different +lines of intellectual play. + +Of the best works for the study of Visaya, or Bisaya, first dialect +in the islands acquired by missionary and conquistador, wherein he +gives 352 titles (p. xxix), Retana has the following: "Up to a few +years ago the dictionary held in highest repute by linguists was the +work of the Augustinian scholar Alonso de Méntrida," a vocabulary of +the Hiligueina, or Hiligayno, and Haraya tongues--two of the three +chief dialects spoken in Panay, not very different from the Visaya +of Cebú, used, however, by the less cultured tribes of hillsmen in +that island. This vocabulary, first printed in 1637, and in 1841 +republished at Manila, with diagrams of Indian alphabets, enlarged in +another edition in 1842, by a brother missionary, Julián Martín, has +now been supplanted by the Visaya-Spanish dictionary (in two volumes), +of another Augustinian scholar, Juan Félix de la Encarnación, printed +at Manila, first, in 1851-1852, then in 1866 and again in 1885. + +Another work deserving of praise is the Arte of the Visaya idiom +in use in the islands of Sámar and Leite (Binondo, 1872), composed +by the Franciscan traveler, Antonio Figuerroa, in which latter +language--Leite, that with slight changes is similar to Cebuano, +the first grammar was published by the Jesuit missionary, Domingo +Ezquerra, in 1662. + +Helpful, too, as much as the former Arte in philology is the Christian +Doctrine translated into Visaya-Cebuano by the Recoleto scholar and +orator, Tomás de San Jerónimo, known to his contemporaries as "the +Cicero of Cebú." His school-book re-issued at Binondo in 1876 is a +reprint of his edition of 1731. + +Of the Tagal dialect,--a form of speech so hard to acquire with nicety +that, according to a Spanish saying, one needs therefor "un año de +arte y dos de bahaque," [12] that is to say, unless I am wrong in +my interpretation of the last word--"bahaque" which likely is Aeta, +the scholar needs "a year of study and two of practice." + +The earliest Tagal Arte, so styled in chronicles, for what with the +universal destructive touch of time, and in Luzon especially, the +voracity of that pest of librarians, the anay,--an ant that in a few +hours, it is said, will devour a library,--cases as well as books, +not a sole copy, apparently, has survived, was composed in 1580 +by the Augustinian voyager and missionary, Agustín de Albuquerque, +fourth superior of his brotherhood in the Philippines, and printed +at Manila in 1637. + +In Tagal the works most highly praised are the following: The Critical +Treatise on Tagalisms (Mexico, 1742), by the Franciscan linguist, +Melchior Oyanguren, the only work known wherein that tongue is +contrasted on scientific lines with the classic Latin, Greek, and +Hebrew, and Mandarin Chinese. The author was moved to prepare his +manual for the instruction of his brother missionaries prior to their +entrance into their field of work in Luzon. + +The Tagal dictionary, by the Jesuit missionary, Juan de Noceda, and +others of his society (Manila, 1754), a lexicographical treasure, +was reprinted at Valladolid in 1836, and (in its most highly-prized +form) again, in 1860, at Manila, with valuable additions by some +Augustinian experts. + +For the scholar unacquainted with Latin, the most serviceable work +for learning Tagal is the Essay on Tagal Grammar (Manila, 1878), +composed by the Recoleto missionary and linguist, Toribio Minguella de +la Merced, whose Grammar (in the same language) for the use of children +(Manila, 1886) was adopted for schools by the Spanish government. + +While another helpful work for the study of that same dialect is the +Tagal catechism, by the Augustinian, Luis de Amezquita, a popular +booklet, first printed in 1666, and (in its thirteenth edition) +in 1880, at Manila. + +A rare and precious treatise, praised for its critical spirit, is +the study on Tagal poetry--a compendium of that dialect reprinted +at Sampaloc in 1787, from the first edition of 1703; and again at +Manila, in 1879, by another member of the same brotherhood, Gaspar de +San Agustín, author, besides, of one of the most valued Conquistas, +or histories of the islands. + +For the study of Tagal refrains--for this people is ballad-lover to +the core--and similar turns of speech, an excellent work, one unique +of its kind, is the Colección (Guadalupe, 1890), by two well-known +Franciscan linguists, Gregorio Martín and Mariano Martínez Cuadrado. + +The Tagal Arte (Sampaloc, 1745), along with a manual (also in Tagal) +for the administration of the Sacraments, composed by the Franciscan +missionary, Sebastián de Totanes, "is" (according to our bibliographer) +"the best edition of the best grammar" written by missionaries of +that order. + +In Ilocano, another of the unnumbered dialects of Luzon, there is a +good dictionary (Manila, 1849), by the Augustinian scholar, Andrés +Carro (aided by others of his brotherhood)--the first work of its +kind, reprinted only a few years ago, in 1888. Serviceable, too, for +the study of the same dialect--Ilocano--as doubtless easy to obtain, +is the Catecismo, by another member of that same order, Francisco López +(Manila, 1877), whereof editions fairly without number have issued. + +In Batanes, or Vatanes, a dialect used in the islets north of Luzon, +mission-field of the Dominicans, hard to reach, nor easy at best to +live in, is composed the Catechism of the Christian Doctrine (Manila, +1834), by a missionary of that order--the only work, perhaps, printed +in that language, wherein Retana states he is about to edit a grammar +and dictionary. In his Biblioteca (p. 51) he gives the Ave Maria in +Batanes, Ibanag and Ilocano, in order to show (he says) the diversities +between these idioms. + +The Pampanga Arte (Manila, 1729), by the Augustinian, Diego Bergaño, an +estimable aid to the would-be learner of that language, was reissued at +Sampaloc in 1736. By the same author is a dictionary of Pampanga--the +only work of its class, printed at Manila, first in 1732, and again +in 1860. + +In the Ibanag tongue, otherwise Ibanay or Cagayan, the dictionary by +the Dominican linguist, José Bugarín, and companions (Manila, 1854), +we have what Retana styles a masterpiece of philological craft, +"the first and (in fact) only vocabulary of that dialect" whereof +of all Philippine tongues "the orthography is the most difficult to +manage." In another place, however (p. 102), he has named another +Ibanag dictionary (Manila, 1867), constructed from Dominican MSS., +to which similarly (by error I suppose) he has awarded seniority of +press. Prior to the above date--1854--in that vast region of Cagayan, +where, by the way, is grown the choicest tobacco in the Philippines, +the missionaries, for generation and generation of island-pupils had +relied wholly on MS. copies of Padre Bugarín's dictionary. + +In Pangasinán, or Caboalan, dialect used in the province of the +same name in Luzon, we have another linguistic treasure--the Arte +of Mariano Pellicer, of the same brotherhood, reprinted at Manila, +in 1862, from the edition of 1690, whereof in the course of time, +as writers tell us, it came to pass that up to about the middle of +the present century only one copy survived. Then re-cast by Pellicer, +in 1840, it was re-published by him some twenty years later. + +Of the Cuyona dialect I note two works of merit,--one (p. 113) an +explanation of the Christian Doctrine (Manila, 1871), by the Recoleto +missionary, Pedro Gibert de Santa Eulalia, edited by the Dominican +Mariano Cuartero, first bishop of St. Isabel, or Elizabeth, of Jaro, +in the island of Panay, one of the four suffragans of Manila, an +industrious scholar, editor of many works in Indian dialects, whom the +reader, however, is not to confound with another prelate of the same +name, Recoleto bishop of Nueva Segovia, in Luzon, nephew of the former, +who, in this one respect, was like his uncle--author of no book: +while the other Cuyona treasure, whereof there are very few in that +language, ("poquisimos libros," says Retana, p. 230), seven titles +in all comprising the bibliography of that tongue, is the Plan of +Religion (Manila, 1886), by the same industrious and scholarly Gibert. + +In the Gaddan idiom, wherein only two books have been printed, +both very devotional in character, is a Catechism (Manila, 1833), +and the Pathway to Heaven (ib., 1873), by Dominican missionaries in +the provinces of Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela, in Luzon. + +In the Aeta language of the Negritos, or little black men, perhaps the +primitive race of the Philippines--whose name I have encountered in +many forms of spelling, as Ata, Ataa, Aeta, Agta, Aita, Ita, Itaa, +[13] there are similarly, only two works known to Retana, whose +bibliographical notices have been of so much value,--one a Report +on the Philippine Islands (Paris, 1885), addressed to the French +Minister of Public Instruction by J. Montano, a book of over two +hundred and nine pages, illumined with numerous phototypes, and, +what renders it of exceptional value, enriched with vocabularies, +"the first," Retana declares, in Aeta, Bilaan, Manobo (of the natives +of Mindanao), Sámal and Tagacaolo dialects. + +As companion volume to the above, though far smaller in bulk, is a +little treatise (Dresden, 1893), of double authorship, the German +A. B. Meyer giving therein a very interesting Aeta vocabulary, and +his Dutch co-laborer, H. Kern, a comparative study of the same tongue, +which he traces to Malay ancestry. + +For the study of Chamorro, idiom of the Marianas Islands, one +will find serviceable the little book of devotions (Manila, 1887), +with counsels for the worthy reception of the Sacraments of God, +(p. 248)--the only work, in fact, we have in this dialect, by the +Recoleto linguist and traveler, Aniceto Ibáñez del Carmen. + +Finally, with three other samples of the Philippine press as proofs +of the variety of its polyglot fonts, and I shall have done with this +digression on the many languages used in this part of Polynesia,--one +a grammar in the dialect of Yap or Guap (p. 248), in the western +Caroline archipelago (Manila, 1888), composed apparently by the +Capuchin missionary, Ambrosio de Valencia; the second (p. 332) +a Hispano-Kanaka dictionary (Tambóbong, 1892), by another Capuchin +wanderer, according to Retana, Agustín María de Ariñez. While the +last, a work, as will readily be acknowledged, of interest as well +as importance to ethnologists, linguists, Americanists especially, +is the list of Nahuatlisms of Costa Rica (San José de Costa Rica, +1892), by Juan Fernández Ferraz, a goodly-sized volume of over two +hundred pages, wherein, on purely linguistic grounds, the author +has maintained the kinship of our own Central Americans and the +Philippinians, from the fact especially that in the respective +countries of these two antipodal peoples, abound very many terms of +every-day use, with identical spelling and meaning. In his Biblioteca +(p. 340), Retana has gathered a few of these homonyms and synonyms. + +Such, then, are the chief authorities on language among our Philippina +that, while entertaining, nay instructing the philologist, will +delight also the general student, the writers whereof, as the reader +will not be slow to observe, were in far larger number all churchmen +and missionaries. + +In fact, of the 1142 authors, whose works he has enumerated +(Biblioteca, xxxv-xxxvi), Retana states that four hundred and sixty-six +are ecclesiastics, that is, ninety-eight secular clergymen and three +hundred and sixty-eight members of religious brotherhoods, whereof +the Augustinians--the writer's own order--numbering one hundred and +forty-one authors, inclusive of thirty-seven Recoletos--the bare-footed +branch of that fraternity--figure highest. Next in rank, we have one +hundred Dominicans, then fifty-seven Jesuits, fifty-six Franciscans, +and fourteen authors of orders not specified. + +Of these brotherhoods, who thus in Malaysia, as in other quarters +of the globe, brought forth so brilliant an array of scholars and +philanthropists, the first-named, the Augustinians, with Legazpi, +crossing two oceans and one continent therefore, found a home in the +Philippines at the conquest of that archipelago in 1565; in 1577 the +first Franciscans reached the isles; in 1581, the Dominicans, with +the first bishop of Manila (by actual possession), Domingo Salazar, +member of the same brotherhood, accompanied too by some Jesuits, +while the Recoletos first crossed the Pacific in 1611. + +These churchmen, with very few exceptions Spanish, with later on a +sprinkling of Portuguese, Dutchmen, Germans, Italians and Irishmen, +scholars, as a rule, of fair repute, some even of European eminence, +from their advent into Polynesia, besides their care in implanting +Christian altruism, wherewith only (as history attests) thrive +science and art, have toiled ever since to imbue these islanders, +whom they found heathen--without letters, laws, or settled abode--with +learning, the arts of husbandry, building, carving, painting, weaving, +and the like graces of intellectual grandeur--in brief, with whatever +of civilization now marks Malaysian genius. + +From Manila, as centre of intellectual enlightenment for all +eastern Asiatic and Polynesian lands in the sixteenth century, were +transplanted the germs of philanthropy--of wisdom and charity--to +Borneo, the Carolines, Moluccas, as well as the mainland of Asia, +to China and Japan, while in India the Portuguese, with headquarters +at Goa, fulfilled the same destiny as their Iberian brothers. + +Speaking of the heroism of these self-exiled churchmen and worshipers +of the Christian Minerva in Asiatic tropics, I quote the words of +the famed French savant, Elisée Reclus, a witness, by the way, in no +measure partial to cloister life. In his Universal Geography [14] +he declares that "Los Filipinos son de los pueblos mas civilizados +del Extremo Oriente. Los han civilizado los frailes"--that is, +"The Philippines are one of the most civilized people of the Far +East. The friars have civilized them." + + + + + + +III. + +SOME LITERARY CURIOS AMONG PHILIPPINA. + + +Among the curios of artistic and literary cast, your bright-minded +reader, if on the alert to spy anything deserving of notice, will find +here and there in Retana's pages enshrined many a bit of out-of-the-way +information. The following half dozen or so of oddities will probably +be acknowledged, not unworthy of mention among these Philippina: + +They are La Razon: A Plea Against Certain Vexatious Encroachments of +the Crown on Mexican and Manila Trade, by José Nuño de Villavicencio +(Sampaloc, 1737), which bears on its cover the most tasty design by +Philippine burin--a plate illustrative of the contents of the Plea, +engraved by Francisco Suárez, a Tagal artist. + +El Cosmopolita--The Cosmopolitan--(Manila, 1895-1896), the first +periodical (p. 458), with phototypes, published in the islands. + +The first Almanac and Guide-Book for strangers and travelers, with +a Map of the Archipelago, was issued at Manila for the year 1834. + +The newspaper--El Ilocano--a bi-weekly, published in Spanish and +Ilocano at Manila (p. 464), from 1889 to 1896 (?) was the first +periodical written in Indian dialect. + +Again, another periodical--El Hogar (p. 464), The Fireside--a +weekly, of 16 pages, started at Manila in 1892, under the direction +of Madam Amparo Gómez de la Serna, was the first paper devoted +to science, letters, beaux-arts, and useful information published +almost exclusively in the interests of women, while the Revista de +Filipinas (p. 132), a bi-weekly, that, starting at Manila in 1875, +lived only two years, is the worthiest of Philippine periodicals, +noticeable chiefly for the deeply scientific cast of its papers. + +The Romancero Filipino, a work of fancy (Manila, 1892), by Manuel +Romero Aquino, is styled (p. 554) by Retana the neatest and best +piece of work by Philippine pen. + +While The American Soldier, a four-page daily newspaper, whereof +the opening number is dated Manila, September 10, 1898, is the +first periodical, maybe print of any sort, in the English language, +published in the islands. + +With the foregoing extravaganzas of literature we note that the series +of Philippine periodicals, which in Retana's own collection number +(he says) one hundred and twelve, in their entirety do not surpass +one hundred and sixty. Of his own he gives the titles (Biblioteca, +xxiii-xxviii) from Del Superior Gobierno, the first newspaper issued +in the islands, with the imprint of Manila, August 8, 1811, down to +the latest--Thé Kon Leche (Tea and Milk)--a four-page weekly satirical +periodical, with illustrations (in two colors), published at Manila +in 1898. + +The oldest piece of what we may style distinctively Philippine +literature, whereof, moreover, only one copy is believed to be extant, +albeit printed abroad in Europe, is an Account of Legazpi's Expedition +from Mexico to Cebú in 1565, sent from Seville to one Miguel Salvador, +of Valencia, and printed one year later at Barcelona. This Copia--thus +entitled in Retana--heads his list of Philippina, a study of which, +with the supplement (p. 505 et seq.), discloses the fact that of +the books that head his Biblioteca, the first nineteen were printed +abroad--eighteen in Europe; that is, nine in Spain, at Barcelona, +Madrid, Burgos, Valencia and Seville; seven in Italy, at Rome, Genoa +and Venice; one each in France, at Paris, and in Flanders, at Antwerp +("Amberes" in the Spanish), where a Mendoza's History of China was +printed in 1596, by Bellero; and the nineteenth in Mexico. + +The first fruit itself of the Philippine press--thus styled by Retana, +though mistakenly, we judge--was the Spanish-Japanese Dictionary of +1630, on which I will make some remarks when treating of the early +Philippine press. + +Moreover, it is noticeable that of these earliest Philippina not one of +them treats distinctively of religious matters, but--with the exception +of two, Fragoso's and Acosta's Botanies, or works on Eastern flora--are +wholly historical in character, embracing, as they do, along with the +Copia of 1566, eleven editions of the still estimable history of China +and other Asiatic lands, by the Augustinian traveler, Juan González +de Mendoza, whereof the Roman edition (by Vincenzo Acolti in 1585) +gives plates illustrative of Chinese typographical symbols--the first +shown to Europeans. Of this history, it may be observed, thirty-eight +editions have appeared in all--in Latin, Spanish, Italian, French, +German, Dutch, and English. Among these early Philippina--to continue +our analysis--is a history of that archipelago, by the Franciscan +chronicler, Marcelo de Ribadeneyra; a report on the same islands, by +the Jesuit scholar, Pedro Chirino--the first work of its kind published +in Europe (Rome, 1604), with diagrams of Philippine characters--signs, +namely, employed by the natives in writing, whereof, says Retana, +"a miserable edition" was printed at Manila in 1890. Then follow +other works, among them a story of the conquest of the Moluccas, one +of the sixteenth century names of the Philippines, a work of utmost +value to the historical writer, composed by the presbyter, Bartolomé +Leonardo de Argensola (Madrid, 1609); then a trustworthy account of +the triumph of Spanish arms in the Philippines, by Antonio de Morga, +auditor-general of the crown in those colonies, printed in Mexico in +1609; and lastly the report of Governor Francisco Guzman de Tello, +eleventh captain-general of those islands (Seville, 1598?). + +The two merely scientific works, alluded to ahead, are "Discourses on +Aromatic Things--Plants, Fruit, and the like simple Medicines employed +in the East Indies," composed by Juan Fragoso, a rare and curious work +(Madrid, 1572); and a Treatise on the Drugs and Medicines used in the +East Indies, with plates representing various plants, by Cristóbal +Acosta, published first in Spanish at Burgos in 1578; in Latin (in +two editions) in 1582 and 1593; in French (also in two editions) +in 1602 and 1619; lastly in English in 1604. + + + + + + +IV. + +PHILIPPINE PRESSES. + + +Now for a description of the different printing-presses--or, rather, +places--in the Philippines, from the earliest named by Retana in his +Biblioteca, in all fourteen distinct localities, where printing was +carried on in the three islands of Luzon, Panay and Cebú. + +1.--From an analysis of the titles I find that Manila ranks earliest, +where (with limitations to be set later) a printing-press was +established in 1630, in which year, at the Dominican College of +St. Thomas, a Spanish-Japanese dictionary, the work of Portuguese +Jesuit missionaries and scholars, now translated into Spanish, was +printed by Tomás Pinpin, a native Tagal, and Jacinto Magaurlua. This +dictionary (now extremely rare), even though not the first book +printed in the islands, as stated by Retana, must yet be ranked among +the earliest specimens of Philippine literature. + +In his Bibliography three different titles (we may observe) bear +the imprint of Manila, with the name of this city spelled according +to the ancient aboriginal form, albeit but slightly varied from +the present--"Maynila"--otherwise, as I have read it, "Mainilla," +a variant in orthography one encounters in old chronicles--a Tagal +word (it seems) signifying a species of shrub or bush, in the Spanish +rendered arbusto, that in 1571 was found to cover the site of the new +city projected by the conquistadores, under the leadership of Miguel +López de Legazpi. + +In this same year, it may be added, the site of the future metropolis +of Malaysia was taken possession of by Spanish arms, with due +observance of ceremonial, sealed with the three local chieftains, +[15] Lacandola, Matandá and Soliman, by blood-bargain--pacto de +sangre. [16] Here, too, at Manila, the second church in Malaysia +devoted to the Supreme Being, the first having been founded at Cebú, +was dedicated the same year (1571) to God, under the most fitting title +of the Conversion of St. Paul the Apostle, first great missionary to +heathendom. At Cebú, by agreement with Chief Tupas, the standard of +Christian comity--the Cross--had been reared in 1565, and its church +dedicated in honor of St. Michael Archangel, name-saint of Legazpi, +though shortly after rechristened El Santo Niño--the Holy Child--its +title to-day. + +The three works then printed at "Maynila," or Bush Town, in Luzon, +are a Manual of Devotions to St. Roch, translated into Tagal by the +Augustinian missionary, Esteban Diez, a skilled Tagalist, in 1820; +a periodical--the Revista Católica--whereof the first and only number +(p. 309) was issued in 1890; and lastly, a weekly paper (the same as +the former) in Tagal, published in 1896. + +2.--The second place to witness the establishment of a press +was Sampaloc, in Zambales province, in Luzon, where, in 1736, +at the Franciscan convent of Our Lady of Loreto, was printed the +Augustinian Diego Bergaño's Arte, in Pampanga--first fruit, it seems, +of typographical genius in that pueblo. While the last imprint with the +name of Sampaloc is an almanac, or church calendar, for the year 1838 +(more probably, however, printed the year ahead), when the old press, +founded by Franciscan friars a hundred years before, disappears. + +3.--At Tayabas, in the province of the same name, in Luzon (p. 31), +was printed a Tagal dictionary, by the Franciscan, Totanes, now +supplanted, however, by Noceda's far superior work on philological +score, especially with the additions made thereto by the Augustinians +in the Manila edition of 1860. This Tayabas imprint is the only work +I have encountered with the name of that pueblo. + +4.--The first Cavite imprint (p. 38) dates (it seems) from 1815--a +church calendar for the following year; while the last, with the +name of this Manila suburb written, however, with a K--"Kavite"--is +an appeal of the revolutionary party in 1898 (p. 451), under the +official seal of the Gobierno Dictatorial de Filipinas. + +5.--Binondo is the fifth place, whereof the first work--statistical +reports of Franciscan missionaries--was printed in 1865; the last, +José Patricio Clemente's Moral Lectures for Youth (p. 540), in +1872. In regard, however, to this town, it should be observed that +in his earlier bibliography (ed. 1893) Retana names a work printed +by Pinpin in the Hospital of St. Gabriel, at Binondo, in 1623. + +6.--At Vigan, the old Villa Fernandina of the Ilocos, known also to +Spaniards as Nueva Segovia, a city founded in the sixteenth century +by Juan Salcedo, one of the captains under Legazpi, and so christened +by him in memory of his native place in Spain, but now known as Lalo, +or Lal-lo,--here was started a Sunday newspaper, El Eco de Vigan, +published in Ilocano in 1883, that died, however, a year after birth. + +7.--In Iloilo (on the island of Panay) was printed, in 1885, the +pastoral letter of Alejandro Arrué, Recoleto bishop of St. Isabel, +or Elizabeth, of Jaro. + +8.--Then comes Guadalupe, eighth place on our list, a sanctuary village +on the left bank of the river Tasig, a couple of leagues from Manila, +a shrine founded by Augustinians in 1601, in honor of St. Nicholas, +the wonder-worker of Tolentino, a place visited yearly by great numbers +of Chinese Confucians, as well as Christians, who hold that saint in +highest and most singular veneration. At Guadalupe, in 1886, issued +two works from the orphanage press--An Abridgment of the Christian +Doctrine of Pouguet and Fleuri, drawn up in Bisaya by Father Mateo +Pérez, Augustinian cure of Argao; and Lozano's Novena to St. Thomas +of Villanova. The last imprint of Guadalupe--a Tagal Catechism, by +Luis de Amezquita, a brother missionary of Pérez--bears the date 1890. + +9.--The earliest sample of Cebú print--the island where, under +Legazpi, three centuries earlier, civilization first found a footing in +Malaysia--is a work that elicits from Retana remarkable praise, in view +of the difficulties that attended its printing; the paper--such was the +dearth in the Visayas of proper material for good press-work--being +of five or six different qualities in body, make, color. This work, +that I think we may style a triumph of adaptive art, is the Ensayo +para una Galería de Asturianos ilustres, a genealogical monument +(in three volumes), by the Augustinian antiquary, Fabiáno Rodríguez, +begun in 1888 and completed in 1893. While the last Cebú imprint, +a government statistical report on crime and the like, is dated 1892. + +10.--Tambóbong, a pueblo near the coast, in Tondo province, about +three miles from Manila, comes tenth in our list, where, at the +orphan asylum of Our Lady of Consolation, in 1889, was printed a +weekly newspaper--the Revista Católica de Filipinas--discontinued +in 1896. While the last imprint from this press--An Abridgment of +the History of Spain (of only eight pages)--was issued, presumably, +in 1897. + +11.--At Nueva Caceres, or Camarines, in Luzon, a town founded in +the sixteenth century by Governor Francisco Sande, in memory of his +birthplace in Estremadura, but now known even officially as Naga, +the first work bearing the name of that pueblo--a hand-book of +devotions--issued from the press of the Sagrada Familia, in 1893; and +two years later (in 1895) the last--A Life of St. Monica and her son, +St. Augustine--written, the same as the former, in Bícol dialect. + +12.--In 1895, we read the earliest printed samples of Malabón art--a +poetical tribute of gratitude to Our Lady of Welcome--Bien-Venida, +one of the many titles of the Mother of God, so dear to Philippine +soul, by Fructuoso Arias Camisón, from the orphan-press of Our Lady +of Consolation (in care of Augustinians). Only once, it may be noted, +is the name of this pueblo--encountered quite frequently in Retana, +the same (he says) as Tambóbong, written "Malabóng," a somewhat unusual +form of spelling--employed by Manuel Sastrón, in his description of +Batangas, printed in 1895. + +From several specimens of Malabón press-work, now before me, I may +observe that, for accuracy in composition, neatness--in brief, of +general excellence in workmanship--these samples of the orphanage +establishment at Malabón would not fail to honor even a Philadelphia +craftsman. + +Two years ago (in 1898), just prior to the siege of Manila, under +the care of two Fathers and four lay-brothers of the Augustinians, +resident at this orphan asylum, one hundred and one lads were being +taught the following trades: 13 compositors, 12 press-workers, 30 +bookbinders, 3 gilders, 43 candlemakers, while 44 other youngsters, +too small for hard work, were, the same as their seniors, given food, +clothing, and shelter; [17] while similarly, at Mandaloya orphan +asylum for girls, conducted by twenty-two sisters (of the same order), +a hundred and twenty-two lassies were taught music (piano), painting, +drawing, embroidery, flower-, lace- and dress-making, hair-dressing, +laundry-work, and sewing. [18] + +But alas! it is feared that through the grim fate of war a like +disaster, as has wrecked many another fair shrine of learning and +art in countries even nearer our own, has befallen our studios +and laboratories at Malabón and Mandaloya, that therefrom their +inmates--orphans, instructors and care-takers are now wanderers, +with their treasures ravished, their homes destroyed. + +13.--Then we meet with a work printed in 1896, at the revolutionary +press at Imus, in Cavite province, in Luzon,--a proclamation (in +Tagal)--the only imprint bearing the name of this pueblo. + +14.--Finally, in 1898, at Mandaloyon, or Mandaloya (named ahead), +an old hacienda of the Augustinians in Tondo province, in Luzon, +the morning-paper--La República Filipina--began publication with +the flag of the new-born republic in colors for heading,--the first +journal of the Tagal insurgents, that had so much to do in bringing +about the downfall of Spanish rule in the Philippines. + +Before concluding this section on early presses, we may add the +references made by Retana to other Philippine prints than the ones +given in his Biblioteca. In a former work [19] he states that by +certain writers, whom he names, presses were said to have been +established on the isle of Luzon, viz: at Bacolor in 1619; Macabebe +in 1621; and Tayabas in 1703. Similarly, he cites two works, named by +the Franciscan antiquarian Huerta as having been printed at Manila +earlier than the Bugarín dictionary--the Devocion Tagalog in 1610; +and a Diccionario in 1613, both (according to Huerta) from the press +of Tomás Pinpin, the Tagal printer. Moreover, under the heading of +"Manila" and "Pinpin," Retana gives the dates of several still older +imprints than the Japanese dictionary of 1630, which in his Biblioteca +has been accorded the honor of senior of the Philippine press. + +The reason for the omission of these titles in Retana's later +bibliography, that otherwise would seem unaccountable, is perhaps a +doubt as to their genuinity. But why he should fail to mention this +flaw in their line of ancestral title, is like many another perplexing +problem that the scholar is apt to encounter in his wanderings through +the shadowy, albeit delightful and fascinating realm of letters. + +We now pass on to the question of the introduction of the press into +the Philippines. + + + + + + +V. + +INTRODUCTION OF PRINTING INTO THE PHILIPPINES. + + +As regards the introduction of printing itself into that archipelago, +wherein (as writers agree) the first press was set to work in the +opening years of the seventeenth century, yet there is dispute as to +two points,--the precise date, namely, when the printing-press was +first established there, and the country whence it was carried to +those islands. + +Though in his Biblioteca Retana inferentially states that the +Spanish-Japanese Dictionary of 1630 was the earliest Philippine +imprint, yet in another work of a few years ahead, one of his +numerous valuable appendices to Zúñiga's Travels, [20] the same +author has maintained, rightly and soundly enough it would seem, +a wholly different opinion. There he reproduces the title-page of a +work printed twenty years earlier, in 1610, which he himself saw in +the Museo Biblioteca de Ultramar, whereof the title (he declares) +is as follows: + +Arte y Reglas | de la Lengua | Tagala. | Por el Padre. F. Fray +Francisco de. S. Joseph de la | Orde de. S. Domingo Predicador General +en la Prouincia | de. N. Señora del Rosario de las Islas Filipinas. | + +[Here the Grand Seal of the Dominican Order (in wood) with this +legend:] + +| Mihi avtem ab | sit glorianisi incruce Dñi Ñri IESVXPIAD--| GAL. 6. | + +| En el Partido de Bataan | galo, Año de 1610. | + +Substantially the aforesaid title means that the book--a Tagal +grammar--was composed by Father Francisco de S. Joseph (whose +family-name (as otherwise known) was Blancas), of the Dominican Order, +preacher-general of his province of Our Lady of the Rosary in the +Philippines, and printed at Bataan, A.D. 1610. [21] + +In one of his Appendices to Zúñiga, [22] Retana affirms that the +printer of this Arte was the Tagal Tomás Pinpin. + +Why, then, with this sample of early Philippine typography before his +eyes, presumably yet extant on the shelves of the Museo de Ultramar, +Retana (whose interesting description of Blancas' Arte of 1610 will +shortly follow) should have deemed it right to omit all mention +of it in his latest bibliography, wherein, so far as I can read, +there is not the slightest reference to it, seems truly a literary +conundrum--one that, for me at least, baffles all power of solution. + +However, accepting facts in the world of letters, as in the objective +universe of God's creation, as they stand, as we see them and know +them, with the guidance of Retana himself, we now proceed (as promised) +to a description of this Tagal grammar, the earliest specimen of +Philippine typography known at least to be extant. + +Blancas' Arte is a book printed on rice paper--papel de arroz--with +a preface of sixteen unnumbered pages and three hundred and eleven +(of text) numbered, that is, three hundred and twenty-seven in all, +yet in one instance wrongly paged, since the observant eye of our +bibliographer has detected that what really is page 157 in the Arte +has been printed "156," the body of the grammar thus comprising, +not 311 pages, as the printer has made it, but in reality 312. + +On the verso of the title (that is, page 2) are given various licenses +to print, issued among other officials by Miguel Ruiz of Binondoc +(an old form apparently for the town now known as Binondo), this +permit being dated February 6, 1609. Then follow the licenses of +Father Blancas' own provincial superior, dated Manila, June 3, and +another official's, whose name (Retana says) is missing by reason of +the page having been torn, dated from Quiapo, on (month too wanting) +24, of the same year--1609--with the former. + +On the third page, with the date July 28, 1609, we read the names of +several Manila church-officers, eight in all, licensing Father Blancas' +Arte, among them the dean of the cathedral-chapter of Manila, the +archdeacon Arellano, and Pedro de Rojas, who, as secretary apparently +of that body, adds his attestation to the chapter-action above. + +From pages 4 to part of 7 is a Tagal Hymn to the Holy Virgin, Mother +of Our Lord; then following the finale of this hymn, a prayer to God, +Almighty Giver of all intellectual light, for power to be granted His +servants to learn of His wisdom and ability to tell it to the Tagals. + +Then, following some ancient Tagal characters, comes the grammar in +chief, which has been printed (as is obvious) [23] from type, bearing +distinct marks of use. Wherefore, since we have now concluded Retana's +description of this Arte, we, in turn, may observe--the inference seems +lawful--that our Bataan press of 1610 had been at work before that +year, and Father Blancas' Arte is not the earliest Philippine imprint. + +A point made by Retana with reference to Bataan, place of imprint on +the title thereof, is to this effect that instead of Bataan, name (he +says) of a province, and in olden time of a very unimportant pueblo +(known, however, more correctly as "Batan"), [24] one should read +Abucay, capital of the province of Bataan, a far likelier place for +the establishment of a printing-office. [25] + +So much, then, for the still more ancient work than Bugarín's +dictionary of 1630. + +But how much earlier than 1610, date of the Tagal Arte, or in what part +of the Philippine archipelago, the press was at work, is a puzzle, +that relying on the only authorities bearing in any manner on the +priority of the press, we shall now seek to unravel. + +When referring to this question of early typography [26] Retana +declares that there are only two authors that treat of the introduction +of the press into the Philippines,--one the history of his province +(of the Holy Rosary), which with the Philippines embraced also China +and Japan, by the Dominican traveler and missionary, Father Diego +Aduarte, whose work, published at Manila, in 1640, is the second +title in our Biblioteca, bearing the name of that city as place +of imprint, and the only old-time authority (in print) treating of +ancient Malaysian typography. + +The other is a history (published a few years ago) entitled La Orden +de Predicadores, of the Dominicans (Madrid, 1884), by a member of that +brotherhood, Father Martínez-Vigil, at one time resident at Manila, +where he held a chair in the university of that city, and now (1900) +bishop of Oviedo in Spain. + +We shall, therefore, summon these two witnesses in the question in +point of primeval Philippina. + +Aduarte's reference to early typography [27] contains substantially +the following statements: that living with the Fathers of his Order +(at Binondo) was a Christian Chinese, named Juan de Vera, a most +worthy man, printer by trade, who had learned his art at home, and +"the first printer" in the Philippines; that moreover he was employed +by Father Blancas in getting out divers hand-books of devotion for +the Indians, as well as for the missionaries themselves; and that +as the said Juan was a good worker, always busy at his trade, he +printed very many books, among them a Memorial of the Christian life; +book on the postrimerias--that is, the Four Great Last Truths--Death, +Judgment, Heaven, Hell; Preparation for Communion; Confession-Book; +the Mysteries of the Rosary; an Arte for the Tagals, or Aid to learn +Spanish, and the like. Such are the titles of some of the books +printed at Binondo by Juan de Vera. + +Commenting on the above statements of Aduarte, our bibliographer, +however, makes this very sensible observation,--the omission, namely, +of any positive information on two points of utmost importance to +the antiquary and historian,--at what time, that is, was de Vera's +press set up in the Philippines; and whence was it brought to those +islands? Anent the first press it is noteworthy (according to the +unanimous opinion of critics) that it certainly was not carried thither +from Spain, though maybe sent over from Mexico, where printing was +established in the early years of the sixteenth century, Retana, +however, maintaining as likelier that the first printing-outfit +introduced into the Philippines was brought thither from Japan, where +(as we otherwise know) a book, the Sanctos no Gosagueo, or Compendium +of the Lives of the Saints, was printed at the Jesuit College at +Katsusa, in 1591. In the same kingdom I find printed (at another +Jesuit College) at "Nangasaki," in 1603, the Vocabulario de Japón, +Japanese ancestor of the old Bugarín dictionary elsewhere referred to +(in this paper) as having been published at Manila in 1630. [28] In +Japan,--the fact is worth noting,--ten different works were printed +in Roman characters prior to the year 1599. + +But let us return to Luzon. If Aduarte is right in his assertion +that Juan de Vera was "the first printer in the Philippines," then +the press was at work prior to the year 1610, and the Tagal Arte +(just described) is not the forerunner of Philippine imprints. + +So much for one of Retana's oracles. Now pass we on to consider the +second and only other writer that, with original sources at hand, +has treated of this bibliographical problem, Father Martínez-Vigil, +who, in the story of his order (named ahead) mentions this fact, that +when resident at Manila he was shown a very rich codex--a MS.--of over +six hundred folios, on Chinese paper, in perfect condition, for many +reasons (all duly set forth) of unassailable authenticity, and albeit +(he remarks) somewhat hard to decipher, except to a palæontologist, yet +written with marvelous clearness and neatness of penmanship. In this +MS., which (the Father says) was written during the years 1609-1610, +besides an account of all notable occurrences in the islands from 1581 +to 1606, with which latter year the story ends, four years earlier, you +should observe, than Pinpin's Arte of 1610, are also to be read these +words: "Los que primero imprimieron fueron del órden de San Agustín +el P. Fr. Juan de Villanueva, algunos tratadillos; mas del órden de +Sto. Domingo el P. Fr. Francisco de San Joseph cosas mayores y de +mas tomo el primero que escribió en lengua araya fué de la Compañia." + +Whereof, the meaning substantially is, that "the first printers (in +the Philippines) were of the Order of St. Augustine, among them Father +Juan de Villanueva, publisher of some small treatises--tratadillos; +then others of the Order of St. Dominic, of whom Father Francisco +de San Joseph printed works of larger bulk, and was the first of his +brethren to write in araya (Tagal?)." + +Here then, in these quotations from two Dominican monuments--Aduarte's +history and the MS. (quoted by Martínez-Vigil), the latter ending +with events of the year 1606--you have all that antiquity tells of +the introduction of the printing-press into the Philippines. + +To the assertion (in the MS.), relative to the Augustinian press, +may be appended an item or so in regard to the art-establishment of +that order at Lubao, in Pampanga province in Luzon, which I have +picked up from one of their chroniclers, Gaspar de San Agustín, +a Tagal and Visaya linguist, who died, some say at Tondo, others +at Manila, in 1724, after nearly fifty years' mission-service in +the islands. In his history (Madrid, 1698), are the following words +in reference to Lubao convent: "Se han celebrado en este Convento +algunos Capitulos intermedios y mucho tiempo huvo Estudios menores de +Gramatica y Retorica; y teniamos tambien en él una muy buena Imprenta, +traida del Japón, en que se imprimian muchos libros, assi en la lengua +Española como Pampanga y Tagala." [29] + +In brief, that is, Father Gaspar says that "in Lubao convent, where the +order maintained a school of grammar and rhetoric, there was a press +(brought from Japan), whereon many books were printed in Spanish, +Pampanga, and Tagal." May we not, then, be justified in surmising +that this Lubao press was the one referred to in the MS. adduced by +Martínez-Vigil, that attributes to Augustinians the introduction +of typography into the Philippines? And, moreover, since the said +ancient MS. ends with the year 1606, that this Lubao press was at +work at a still earlier date? + +But, enough. With no originals at hand, we feel disinclined to pursue +this topic further as to the priority of printing in the islands, +nor do we care to press the question, whether, namely, the first book +of Philippine manufacture was Bugarín's dictionary of 1630, Blancas' +Arte of 1610, or the Lubao tratadillos of 1606. + +In our own colonies (we may observe) printing was introduced, first at +Cambridge in Massachusetts, in 1638; while in Pennsylvania the first +book printed--an almanac--by William Bradford, of Philadelphia, is +dated 1685, a full half century later, that is, than the introduction +of this "art preservative of arts" into Malaysia. + + + + + + +NOTES + + +[1] See his Catálogo Abreviado de la Biblioteca Filipina (Madrid, +1898), pp. xxix-xxxi. + +[2] These figures are given by Retana--a faulty enumeration, however, +in that they fail to include all the titles in his work. Thus +(p. 338), instead of a series-number we read four ciphers, to be met +with elsewhere the same as his bis mark (pp. 59, 90, 118, 565). Again +Méntrida's Arte and Diccionario of 1637, mentioned twice (Nos. 100, +173) have not been entered by Retana in his lists; neither has the +first edition (Tayabas, 1703,) of Santos' Tagal dictionary, (pp. 31, +32.). In reality then, instead of only 2697 titles in his Biblioteca, +one should count, I venture to guess, at least some twenty or thirty +more than are given. + +[3] Biblioteca, vii-xi. + +[4] Singularly varied are the names given by writers to this +dialect of Yap, as Bonabe, Bonibet, Bornabi, Funopet, Panapee, +Ponapé, Puynipet, while to the French the island itself is known as +Ascension. (Art. "Caroline Islands," Encycl. Brit.) + +[5] Read, however, his observations thereon in full in his Estadismo, +i, 426-429. The same opinion as to Aeta being mother-tongue in the +Philippines is pronounced also by Buzeta, ii, 49. + +[6] Throughout this sketch, unless otherwise noted, I follow only +Spanish authorities. + +[7] See the Augustinian Zúñiga's Estadismo ii, *395, to which further +reference will be made. + +[8] Estadismo, i, 426-429. + +[9] For these usages, see Zúñiga, Estadismo, i, 533-534. + +[10] Various heathen rites, practised by these islanders, are +described in Buzeta (i, 60, etc.), as well as names of deities, +and other enormities of man's distortion of truth. + +[11] Biblioteca, xxix-xxxi. + +[12] Relative to this term bahaque, which I have met only once, +in the Historia Franciscana, (parte I, lib. i, cap. 39,) is the +following description of the black men, the Aetas, or negroes, of +Negros, "andan totalmente desnudos," (the author says,) "y solo traen +cubiertas las partes verendas con unos como Lienzos, tirantes de atrás +á adelante, que se llamen Bahaques, los quales hacen de cortesas de +Arboles majadas con gran tiento, de modo que ay algunos, que parecen +Lienzo fino; y rodeandose por la Cintura un Bejúco, en el amarran el +Bahaque por sus dos extremos." See Zúñiga, i, 423, wherefore, perhaps, +the significance of bahaque in the proverb. + +[13] Retana's Appendix G, in Zúñiga's Estadismo, ii, *492. + +[14] This quotation is from page 28 of Apostolado de la Prensa, No. 82 +(Madrid, 1898), which locates it in tome xiv, p. 541, of Reclus. + +[15] In old Spanish chronicles it is a common thing to meet such titles +of these Indian rulers, as Ladia, Radia, Raxa, and Rajá. Lacandola +was rajah of Manila. + +[16] The Augustinian chronicler, Grijalva, is one of the earliest +writers to describe this rite, which, according to him, is performed as +follows: "La cerimonia se haze, sacando delos pechos delos que contraen +la amistad una poca de sangre, y mezelando la una, y la otra en un +poco de vino, le veuen por iguales partes los contrayentes." (Cronaca +del Orden, from 1533-1592, Mexico (in the Augustinian Convent), +1624.) Quotation from Zúñiga, ii, 215. From Buzeta, i, 395, it appears +that blood-bargain was first entered into by Legazpi (in 1565) at +Bohol, with Chief Sicatuna. + +[17] From the report of the Orphanage for 1897-1898, in Estado General, +Malabón, 1898. + +[18] From the report of the Orphanage at Mandaloya, in Estado +(as ahead). + +[19] See Appendix B, in Zúñiga's Estadismo, ii, *105-*123, where +Retana has given, with a list of the early presses in the Philippines, +the names of the printers. + +[20] Zúñiga Estadismo, ii, 101. + +[21] Provinces of the other friars in Malaysia (including the +Philippines) are entitled as follows: Augustinians--Most Holy Name of +Jesus; Franciscans--St. Gregory the Great; Hospitallers--St. Raphael +Archangel; Recoletos--St. Nicholas of Tolentino. + +[22] Zúñiga Estadismo, Appendice B, ii, *103, *104, and *115. + +[23] Thus Retana, ii, *103 (as above). + +[24] Zúñiga Estadismo, ii, *350. + +[25] Id., ii, *104-*105. + +[26] Id., ii, *95-*100. + +[27] For the original in full (too long to quote here) see Retana in +Estadismo (as above), ii, *95-*98, where it covers nearly three pages. + +[28] The Jesuit Mission Press in Japan. 1591-1610. By Ernest Mason +Satow. [Privately printed.] 1888, where you will find reproduced in +photographic fac-simile the title-page of the above-named books. + +[29] Zúñiga, Estadismo, ii, *111-*112. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Some notes on the bibliography of the +Philippines, by Thomas Cooke Middleton + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PHILIPPINES *** + +***** This file should be named 35191-8.txt or 35191-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/1/9/35191/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team for Project Gutenberg at +https://www.pgdp.net/ + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/35191-8.zip b/35191-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b74bfff --- /dev/null +++ b/35191-8.zip diff --git a/35191-h.zip b/35191-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..94ef0ac --- /dev/null +++ b/35191-h.zip diff --git a/35191-h/35191-h.htm b/35191-h/35191-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..10933c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/35191-h/35191-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4827 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> +<!-- This HTML file has been automatically generated from an XML source on 2011-02-06T19:06:56.061+01:00. --> +<html lang="en"> +<head> +<meta name="generator" content= +"HTML Tidy for Windows (vers 25 March 2009), see www.w3.org"> +<title>Some Notes on the Bibliography of the Philippines</title> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> +<meta name="generator" content= +"tei2html.xsl, see http://code.google.com/p/tei2html/"> +<meta name="author" content="Thomas Cooke Middleton"> +<link rel="schema.DC" href= +"http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/"> +<meta name="DC.Creator" content="Thomas Cooke Middleton"> +<meta name="DC.Title" content= +"Some Notes on the Bibliography of the Philippines"> +<meta name="DC.Date" content="#####"> +<meta name="DC.Language" content="en"> +<meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html"> +<meta name="DC.Publisher" content="Project Gutenberg"> +<meta name="DC:Subject" content="#####"> +<style type="text/css"> +body +{ +font: 100%/1.2em "Times New Roman", Times, serif; +margin: 1.58em 16%; +text-align: left; +} +/* Titlepage */ +.titlePage +{ +border: #DDDDDD 2px solid; +margin: 3em 0% 7em 0%; +padding: 5em 10% 6em 10%; +text-align: center; +} +.titlePage .docTitle +{ +line-height: 3.5em; +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +font-weight: bold; +} +.titlePage .docTitle .mainTitle +{ +font-size: 1.8em; +} +.titlePage .docTitle .subTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .seriesTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .volumeTitle +{ +font-size: 1.44em; +} +.titlePage .byline +{ +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.72em; +} +.titlePage .byline .docAuthor +{ +font-size: 1.2em; +font-weight: bold; +} +.titlePage .figure +{ +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +} +.titlePage .docImprint +{ +margin: 4em 0% 0em 0%; +font-size: 1.2em; +line-height: 1.72em; +} +.titlePage .docImprint .docDate +{ +font-size: 1.2em; +font-weight: bold; +} +/* End Titlepage */ +.transcribernote +{ +background-color:#DDE; +border:black 1px dotted; +color:#000; +font-family:sans-serif; +font-size:80%; +margin:2em 5%; +padding:1em; +} +.advertisment +{ +background-color:#FFFEE0; +border:black 1px dotted; +color:#000; +margin:2em 5%; +padding:1em; +} +.width20 +{ +width: 20%; +} +.width40 +{ +width: 40%; +} +.indextoc +{ +text-align: center; +} +.div0 +{ +padding-top: 5.6em; +} +.div1 +{ +padding-top: 4.8em; +} +.index +{ +font-size: 80%; +} +.div2 +{ +padding-top: 3.6em; +} +.div3, .div4, .div5 +{ +padding-top: 2.4em; +} +.footnotes .body, +.footnotes .div1 +{ +padding: 0; +} +.apparatusnote +{ +text-decoration: none; +} +table.alignedtext +{ +border-collapse: collapse; +} +table.alignedtext td +{ +vertical-align: top; +border-width: 1px; +border-color: gray; +border-style: dotted; +width: 50%; +padding-left: 10px; +padding-right: 10px; +} +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .pseudoh1, .pseudoh2, .pseudoh3, pseudoh4 +{ +clear: both; +font-style: normal; +text-transform: none; +} +h3, .pseudoh3 +{ +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.2em; +} +h3.label +{ +font-size:1em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin-bottom:0; +} +h4, pseudoh4 +{ +font-size:1em; +line-height:1.2em; +} +.alignleft +{ +text-align:left; +} +.alignright +{ +text-align:right; +} +.alignblock +{ +text-align:justify; +} +p.tb, hr.tb +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +text-align: center; +} +p.argument, p.note, p.tocArgument +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +text-indent:0; +} +p.argument, p.tocArgument +{ +margin:1.58em 10%; +} +p.tocChapter +{ +margin:1.58em 0%; +} +p.tocSection +{ +margin:0.7em 5%; +} +.opener, .address +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +} +.addrline +{ +margin-top: 0; +margin-bottom: 0; +} +.dateline +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +text-align: right; +} +.salute +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-left: 3.58em; +text-indent: -2em; +} +.signed +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-left: 3.58em; +text-indent: -2em; +} +.epigraph +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +width: 60%; +margin-left: auto; +} +.epigraph span.bibl +{ +display: block; +text-align: right; +} +.trailer +{ +clear: both; +padding-top: 2.4em; +padding-bottom: 1.6em; +} +.figure +{ +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +} +.floatLeft +{ +float:left; +margin:10px 10px 10px 0; +} +.floatRight +{ +float:right; +margin:10px 0 10px 10px; +} +p.figureHead +{ +font-size:100%; +text-align:center; +} +.figAnnotation +{ +font-size:80%; +position:relative; +margin: 0 auto; /* center this */ +} +.figTopLeft, .figBottomLeft +{ +float: left; +} +.figTop, .figBottom +{ +} +.figTopRight, .figBottomRight +{ +float: right; +} +.figure p +{ +font-size:80%; +margin-top:0; +text-align:center; +} +img +{ +border-width:0; +} +p.smallprint,li.smallprint +{ +color:#666666; +font-size:80%; +} +span.parnum +{ +font-weight: bold; +} +.marginnote +{ +font-size:0.8em; +height:0; +left:1%; +line-height:1.2em; +position:absolute; +text-indent:0; +width:14%; +} +.pagenum +{ +display:inline; +font-size:70%; +font-style:normal; +margin:0; +padding:0; +position:absolute; +right:1%; +text-align:right; +} +a.noteref, a.pseudonoteref +{ +font-size: 80%; +text-decoration: none; +vertical-align: 0.25em; +} +.displayfootnote +{ +display: none; +} +div.footnotes +{ +font-size: 80%; +margin-top: 1em; +padding: 0; +} +hr.fnsep +{ +margin-left: 0; +margin-right: 0; +text-align: left; +width: 25%; +} +p.footnote +{ +margin-bottom: 0.5em; +margin-top: 0.5em; +} +p.footnote .label +{ +float:left; +width:2em; +height:12pt; +display:block; +} +/* Tables */ +td.sum +{ +padding-top: 2px; border-top: solid black 1px; +} +/* Poetry */ +.lgouter +{ +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */ +} +.lg +{ +text-align: left; +} +.lg h4, .lgouter h4 +{ +font-weight: normal; +} +.lg .linenum, .sp .linenum, .lgouter .linenum +{ +color:#777; +font-size:90%; +left: 16%; +margin:0; +position:absolute; +text-align:center; +text-indent:0; +top:auto; +width:1.75em; +} +p.line +{ +margin: 0 0% 0 0%; +} +span.hemistich /* invisible text to achieve visual effect of hemistich indentation. */ +{ +color: white; +} +.versenum +{ +font-weight:bold; +} +/* Drama */ +.speaker +{ +font-weight: bold; +margin-bottom: 0.4em; +} +.sp .line +{ +margin: 0 10%; +text-align: left; +} +/* End Drama */ +/* right aligned page number in table of contents */ +.tocPagenum, .flushright +{ +position: absolute; +right: 16%; +top: auto; +} +span.corr, span.gap +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted red; +} +span.abbr +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted gray; +} +span.measure +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted green; +} +/* Font Styles and Colors */ +.ex +{ +letter-spacing: 0.2em; +} +.sc +{ +font-variant: small-caps; +} +.uc +{ +text-transform: uppercase; +} +/* overline is actually a bit too high; overtilde is approximated with overline */ +.overline, .overtilde +{ +text-decoration: overline; +} +.rm +{ +font-style: normal; +} +.red +{ +color: red; +} +/* End Font Styles and Colors */ +hr +{ +clear:both; +height:1px; +margin-left:auto; +margin-right:auto; +margin-top:1em; +text-align:center; +width:45%; +} +.aligncenter, div.figure +{ +text-align:center; +} +h1, h2 +{ +font-size:1.44em; +line-height:1.5em; +} +h1.label, h2.label +{ +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin-bottom:0; +} +h5, h6 +{ +font-size:1em; +font-style:italic; +line-height:1em; +} +p +{ +text-indent:0; +} +p.firstlinecaps:first-line +{ +text-transform: uppercase; +} +p.dropcap:first-letter +{ +float: left; +clear: left; +margin: 0em 0.05em 0 0; +padding: 0px; +line-height: 0.8em; +font-size: 420%; +vertical-align:super; +} +.lg +{ +padding: .5em 0% .5em 0%; +} +p.quote,div.blockquote, div.argument +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin:1.58em 5%; +} +.pagenum a, a.noteref:hover, a.hidden:hover, a.hidden +{ +text-decoration:none; +} +ul { list-style-type: none; } +.castlist, .castitem { list-style-type: none; } +/* External Links */ +.pglink, .catlink, .exlink +{ +background-repeat: no-repeat; +background-position: right center; +} +.pglink +{ +background-image: url(images/book.png); +padding-right: 18px; +} +.catlink +{ +background-image: url(images/card.png); +padding-right: 17px; +} +.exlink +{ +background-image: url(images/external.png); +padding-right: 13px; +} +.pglink:hover +{ +background-color: #DCFFDC; +} +.catlink:hover +{ +background-color: #FFFFDC; +} +.exlink:hover +{ +background-color: #FFDCDC; +} +body +{ +background: #FFFFFF; +font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif; +} +body, a.hidden +{ +color: black; +} +.titlePage +{ +color: #001FA4; +font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; +} +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .pseudoh1, .pseudoh2, .pseudoh3, .pseudoh4 +{ +color: #001FA4; +font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; +} +p.byline +{ +font-style: italic; +margin-bottom: 2em; +} +.figureHead, .noteref, .pseudonoteref, .marginnote, p.legend, .versenum, .stage +{ +color: #001FA4; +} +.rightnote, .pagenum, .linenum, .pagenum a +{ +color: #AAAAAA; +} +a.hidden:hover, a.noteref:hover +{ +color: red; +} +p.dropcap:first-letter +{ +color: #001FA4; +font-weight: bold; +} +sub, sup +{ +line-height: 0; +} +.pagenum, .linenum +{ +speak: none; +} +</style> + +<style type="text/css"> +.xd20e170 +{ +text-align:right; +} +.xd20e171 +{ +text-align:left; +} +.xd20e113 +{ +text-align:center; +} +.xd20e169 +{ +margin:0px auto; display:table; +} +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Some notes on the bibliography of the +Philippines, by Thomas Cooke Middleton + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Some notes on the bibliography of the Philippines + +Author: Thomas Cooke Middleton + +Release Date: February 7, 2011 [EBook #35191] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PHILIPPINES *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team for Project Gutenberg at +https://www.pgdp.net/ + + + + + + +</pre> + +<div class="front"> +<div class="titlePage"> +<div class="docTitle"> +<div class="subTitle">Bulletin<br> +of<br> +The Free Library<br> +of Philadelphia</div> +<div class="subTitle">Number 4</div> +<div class="mainTitle">Some Notes on the<br> +Bibliography of the<br> +Philippines</div> +</div> +<div class="byline">By<br> +<span class="docAuthor">Rev. Thomas Cooke Middleton, D.D., +O.S.A.</span></div> +<div class="docImprint"><span class="docDate">December, +1900</span></div> +</div> +<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar xd20e113"><span class="sc">Copyright, 1900,<br> +by<br> +The Free Library of Philadelphia.</span></p> +<p class="xd20e113">Press of<br> +Edward Stern & Co., Inc.<br> +Philadelphia <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb3" href="#pb3" name= +"pb3">3</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="preface" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd20e129" class="main">Preface.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">So many inquiries have been made in the Free +Library of Philadelphia for information concerning the history and +literature of the Philippines, that an earnest effort was made some +time ago to gather together books bearing on these subjects. The fact +that a short catalogue of Philippine literature, prepared by the +bibliographer, W. E. Retana, comprises as many as three thousand +separate works, is a matter known to comparatively few persons, and it +was therefore with considerable interest that the Philobiblon Club of +Philadelphia obtained the promise of the Rev. Thomas Cooke Middleton +that he would read a paper upon the bibliography of the Philippines +before the Club. This Bulletin is a copy of that paper, as read in +substance, and it would have been published several months since but +for the unfortunate loss of the manuscript in the office of the +newspaper to which the author had confided it. In answer to the urgent +requests of the members of the Philobiblon Club, Father Middleton very +kindly re-wrote it and consented that it should be printed by the Free +Library of Philadelphia for the use of the students and patrons of the +Library. An evil fate, however, seemed to pursue the manuscript, and +within four days after it had been completed for the second time it +perished in the great fire which destroyed the printing house of J. B. +Lippincott Co. Once more the author took courage, and again wrote out +the paper, and these facts are recorded both as a matter of interest, +and to explain why this Bulletin has been so long delayed.</p> +<p>A collection of books on the subject of the Philippines is being +gradually accumulated, and it seems desirable both to furnish the +readers in the Library with information upon the subject, and also to +take an opportunity to counteract the popular misapprehension as to +what has been done by the residents of the Philippines in the way of +literature.</p> +<p>Since the collection of works on this subject was commenced the Free +Library has prepared and mimeographed from time to time for the use of +its readers “Finding Lists” of the books on the shelves +relating <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb4" href="#pb4" name= +"pb4">4</a>]</span>to the Philippine Islands. The latest of these +lists, prepared May 4, 1900, shows that fifty-four volumes have been +collected and also gives references to nearly six hundred magazine +articles in the Library.</p> +<p>Possibly one of the most interesting books received in the Library +is the <i lang="es">Flora de Filipinas</i>, consisting of four folio +volumes of text (printed in Spanish and Latin on the same page) and two +of colored lithographed plates. It was published at Manila +1877–1883 for the friars of St. Augustine under the direction of +H. Ex. the late Sebastiano Vidal y Soler, assisted scientifically by +the able botanists, the Rev. Fathers Fr. Andres Naves and Fr. Celestino +Fernández Villar, both of the Augustinian order of friars. It +was composed from manuscripts of the late Father Blanco of the same +order. The plates were drawn and colored from nature by native artists, +and sent to Barcelona where they were lithographed, and after six +hundred copies were printed off, the stones were destroyed. As will be +noticed, in many cases the specimens are given both in fruit and +flower, necessitating in most instances a gathering of the specimens at +distinct seasons of the year.</p> +<p>The book was published as a serial work, two or three parts with +four plates each (with corresponding descriptions) appearing monthly. +There were several stoppages during the printing of the work, caused by +a large fire at one time and an earthquake at another, from both of +which the printing establishment at which the book was being published +suffered. In this manner the time occupied in the publication was +prolonged.</p> +<p>The original editor was Sr. Domingo Vidal, who unfortunately, after +only two or three parts of the work had been given out, was obliged to +leave the Islands on account of poor health. Several months later he +died and his brother, who had assumed the editorship, upon his +departure from Manila, continued the work until it was finished.</p> +<p>The Trustees of the Free Library of Philadelphia desire to express +their thanks to the Rev. Dr. Middleton for the contribution to +bibliography which follows. A short <a href="#index">index</a> has been +added, which it is believed will fit the paper for general use. Many +thanks are due to Mr. John Ashhurst for his assistance in this tedious +part of the Bulletin.</p> +<p class="signed"><span class="sc">John Thomson.</span> <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb5" href="#pb5" name="pb5">5</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="intro" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd20e159" class="main">Introductory.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">The following pages, embodying a survey (on a broad +scale) of the chief characteristics of Philippine intellectual energy, +in its various lines of art, science, letters, seem an objective worthy +of the American scholar, who, to his own large group of aboriginal +tongues at home, has now to add to his field of study a similarly +far-reaching family of the many-toned dialects of +Malaysia,—twenty-seven idioms at least in number,—according +to Retana’s tabulation, whereof I give a list drawn from his +latest bibliography of the Philippines,<a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e163src" href="#xd20e163" name="xd20e163src">1</a> where, +enumerating the various works published in the several dialects in use +in that archipelago, he has summarized them in the following table:</p> +<div class="table xd20e169"> +<table> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170"></td> +<td valign="top" colspan="2" class="xd20e171"><span class= +"sc">Bisaya</span>, or <span class="sc">Visaya</span>, generic name for +Titles.</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">1.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Cebuano, Isle of +Cebú</span></td> +<td valign="top" rowspan="3" class="xd20e170">352</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">2.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Panayano, Hiligayno +and Harayo, Isle of Panay</span></td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">3.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Leyte, or Leite, and +Sámar Isles</span></td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">4.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Tagalo, Isle of +Luzon</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">230</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">5.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Ilocano</span>, +ibid.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">143</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">6.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Bícol, or +Vícol</span>, ibid.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">61</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">7.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class= +"sc">Pangasinán</span>, ibid.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">24</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">8.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Pampango</span>, +ibid.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">22</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">9.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Ibanag</span>, +ibid.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">15</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">10.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class= +"sc">Moro-Maguindánao</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">8</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">11.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Cuyono</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">7</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">12.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Tiruray</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">6</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">13.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Bagobo</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">3</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">14.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Aeta, or Negrito, +Isle of Negros</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">2</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">15.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Gaddan, Isle of +Luzon</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">2</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">16.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Isinay</span>, +ibid.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">2</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">17.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Joloano</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">2</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">18.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Manobo, Isle of +Mindanao</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">2</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">19.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Tagbanúa, +Isle of Paragua</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">2</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">20.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Tino, or Zambale, +Isle of Luzon</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">2</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">21.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Batanes, or Vatanes, +Isle</span> (of same name)</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">1</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">22.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Bilaan</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">1<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb6" +href="#pb6" name="pb6">6</a>]</span></td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">23.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class= +"sc">Bisaya-montés, Isle of Mindanao</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">1</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">24.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class= +"sc">Calamiano</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">1</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">25.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Egongot, or +Ilongote, Isle of Luzon</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">1</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">26.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class="sc">Samal</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">1</td> +</tr> +<tr valign="top"> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">27.</td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e171"><span class= +"sc">Tagacaolo</span></td> +<td valign="top" class="xd20e170">1</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> +<p>This bibliography, which we rightly may term wealthy in its two +thousand six hundred and ninety-seven titles<a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e426src" href="#xd20e426" name="xd20e426src">2</a> of numbered +pieces of literature, besides being based largely on the author’s +own choice collection of Philippina, cites also fourteen other +bibliographies of that archipelago.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e441src" +href="#xd20e441" name="xd20e441src">3</a></p> +<p>In his own list of Philippine languages, or branch-tongues, of this +quarter of Malaysia, in all (as he gives them) thirty-seven in number, +some are mentioned, that, except in a broad sense, will not easily be +recognized as members of the distinctively Philippine family; such as +Sanscrit, Chinese, Japanese, Javanese, Nahuatl of Central America, +along with Kanaka or Ponapé,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e448src" +href="#xd20e448" name="xd20e448src">4</a> Chamorro and Malgacho, or +Malagasy, as we more familiarly style it, three dialects spoken in +lands outside of the Philippine zone,—of Yap, or Guap, in the +eastern Carolines, the Marianas, or Ladrones, and Madagascar +respectively.</p> +<p>Wherefore, subtracting these nine foreign localized idiom-groups +along with Malay (presumably ancestral tongue of the Philippines, as of +other western Polynesian languages), though herein many scholars hold +that Aeta, or Papuan, is mother, I have reduced the idioms peculiar (in +large measure) to that archipelago itself to the number (given +ahead)—twenty-seven.</p> +<p>On this question of race and idiom unity Zúñiga, whom +I cite frequently in this sketch, says that the vocabularies of New +Zealand, New Holland, New Guinea, and part of New Hebrides (gathered by +Captain Cook) were all easily understood by him through his familiarity +with Philippine dialects; that, moreover, from his knowledge of the +racial and linguistic characteristics of nearly all South Sea +islanders, especially <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb7" href="#pb7" +name="pb7">7</a>]</span>of the peoples from Madagascar to Easter +Island, including (he distinctly declares) the natives of the Friendly, +or Society Isles, of the Sandwich and Marquesas groups, he was of +opinion that aboriginal stock of all, in tongue and blood, including +even the natives of Central America, was Aeta, or Papuan, otherwise +styled (in the Philippines) Negrito.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e462src" +href="#xd20e462" name="xd20e462src">5</a> As far back as the early part +of the seventeenth century this same question of race and language +identity of the Philippine people was treated by the Jesuit Chirino, of +whom we shall say more further on; then later by another Jesuit +scholar, at one time provincial superior of his society in the +Philippines, Francisco Colín, in his <i lang="es">Lavor +evangelica</i>, (Madrid, 1663); and by Lorenzo Hervás y Panduro, +a linguist of deserved eminence in the world of letters, formerly +Jesuit. See his <i lang="es">Catalogo</i> (in six quarto vols., Madrid, +1800–1805), and you will learn very much about many strange +things, among others, that the theory maintained by the English +Wallace, the German Blumentritt, and later ethnologists, as to the +identity of these Polynesians—Papuans and Malays—perhaps +the only one now held by scholars—is venerably old, by two +centuries and more. But really, in view of the apparently +irreconcilable opinions of linguists on this topic, further discussion +of it seems unprofitable.</p> +<p>As concerns the Philippines themselves, neither have their isles all +been numbered, nor their sub-races and branch-idioms classified, except +in what we may style a generic scheme.</p> +<p>Back now to our bibliographer. No study in mere humanities, it +seems, could be more fascinating to your all-round scholar, and more +fruitful especially to anthropologist, than with the guidance of Retana +and other like gifted students of Philippina, to enlarge somewhat on +this bibliographical theme, since in letters chiefly do men of upright +mind find equipment for meditation of spirit, main source of all +healthful, sober, intellectual recreation and work.</p> +<p>Our list of Philippina, as you will notice, although given merely in +outline, embraces in its sweep across the literary horizon of that +quarter of Malaysia many works of recognized merit in the several lines +of intellectual energy—of history, archæology, ethnology, +philology and natural philosophy; books, all of them, which, if +perchance not masterpieces according to the higher standard of +Caucasian scholarship, will <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb8" href= +"#pb8" name="pb8">8</a>]</span>yet be acknowledged of much interest, +nay, of great value in the inspiration and development of scientific +thought.</p> +<p>In this bibliographical skeleton, then, I shall point out those +sources of information anent the Philippine Islands, wherein the +scholar can best find a general description or history of them, the +most trustworthy works on their very varied and multiform language, as +well as other topics cognate with these. Hence these sub-sections into +which my paper is split: (1) <a href="#ch1">Works of General +Information</a>; (2) <a href="#ch2">Authorities on Philippine +Dialects</a>; (3) <a href="#ch3">Some Literary Curios among +Philippina</a>; (4) <a href="#ch4">Philippine Presses</a>; (5) <a href= +"#ch5">Introduction of Printing into the Philippines</a>.</p> +<p>First, I name the chief works of reference,<a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e501src" href="#xd20e501" name="xd20e501src">6</a> of the highest, +most authoritative character, bearing on the distinctive peculiarities +of the Philippines,—works that will be recognized as serviceable +to the general reader and scholar, to him that seeks to learn of the +history of that archipelago, of its antiquities, and characteristics of +the many tribes that people it,—of their customs, religious +beliefs, superstitions and rites; of the fauna, flora, geology of those +islands; in brief, of whatever refers to this part of Malaysia. For no +matter how much the Malay,—Javan, Bornese, Sumatran, as well as +Philippinian—has been civilized—Christianized, so far (as +must be conceded) he has not become Caucasian in mind, nor will, nor +spirit. He remains as he was, (nor any wonder), wholly Asiatic. Albeit, +for three centuries and upwards, taught, ruled, elevated (at times, +too, disedified) by white men, the Malay, or brown man, is not, perhaps +never will be, employed by Europeans, save in very limited sphere, in +wholly subordinate trusts, whether in commerce, trade, or whatsoever +other field of human activity. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb9" href= +"#pb9" name="pb9">9</a>]</span></p> +</div> +<div class="footnotes"> +<hr class="fnsep"> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e163" href="#xd20e163src" name="xd20e163">1</a></span> See his +<i lang="es">Catálogo Abreviado de la Biblioteca Filipina</i> +(Madrid, 1898), pp. xxix–xxxi.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e426" href="#xd20e426src" name="xd20e426">2</a></span> These +figures are given by Retana—a faulty enumeration, however, in +that they fail to include all the titles in his work. Thus (p. 338), +instead of a series-number we read four ciphers, to be met with +elsewhere the same as his <i>bis</i> mark (pp. 59, 90, 118, 565). Again +Méntrida’s <i lang="es">Arte</i> and <i lang= +"es">Diccionario</i> of 1637, mentioned twice (Nos. 100, 173) have not +been entered by Retana in his lists; neither has the first edition +(Tayabas, 1703,) of Santos’ Tagal dictionary, (pp. 31, 32.). In +reality then, instead of only 2697 titles in his <i>Biblioteca</i>, one +should count, I venture to guess, at least some twenty or thirty more +than are given.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e441" href="#xd20e441src" name="xd20e441">3</a></span> <i lang= +"es">Biblioteca</i>, vii–xi.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e448" href="#xd20e448src" name="xd20e448">4</a></span> Singularly +varied are the names given by writers to this dialect of Yap, as +Bonabe, Bonibet, Bornabi, Funopet, Panapee, Ponapé, Puynipet, +while to the French the island itself is known as Ascension. (Art. +“Caroline Islands,” <i><span class="corr" id="xd20e451" +title="Source: Encyl.">Encycl.</span> Brit.</i>)</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e462" href="#xd20e462src" name="xd20e462">5</a></span> Read, +however, his observations thereon in full in his <i lang= +"es">Estadismo</i>, i, 426–429. The same opinion as to Aeta being +mother-tongue in the Philippines is pronounced also by Buzeta, ii, +49.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e501" href="#xd20e501src" name="xd20e501">6</a></span> Throughout +this sketch, unless otherwise noted, I follow only Spanish +authorities.</p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="body"> +<div id="ch1" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd20e507" class="label">I.</h2> +<h2 class="main">Works of General Information.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">But let us on to our list of works of general +reading. Sifting the treasure-stores of authorities named in Retana and +others, I find the following books of most value and service, whereof, +though some few among them, and for that matter the highest in their +respective classes, are no longer in print, yet these very +masterpieces, if not obtainable by purchase, like many another +priceless blessing, still are worth knowing by title to book-lover and +scholar, who, if perchance he cannot have these repertories of human +lore on his shelves, will know at least by what title to seek them on +others.</p> +<p>Of the Philippines and their neighboring archipelagos these works +rank of the highest worth:</p> +<p>The history of Mindanao, Jolo, and their adjacent islands (Madrid, +1667), written by the Jesuit, Francisco Combés—the most +ancient detailed account of that region of Polynesia, known as the +Archipelago <i lang="es">del Sur</i>, and invaluable beyond other +guides to the ethnologist especially.</p> +<p>Then an account of the establishment of Christianity in the Marianas +Islands (Madrid, 1670?) similarly the oldest and at the same time most +reliable history of these Ladrones, or robber, islands, so styled by +early Spanish voyagers because of the thievish proclivities of the +natives, every one of them in theory and practice an annexationist and +protectionist to the back-bone, till the Jesuit missionary and scholar, +Diego Luis de Sanvitores, author of this history, rechristened them +Marianas, in honor (according to some chroniclers) of Doña +Mariana of Austria, Queen of Spain, in loving and tenderest-hearted +homage (according to others) of the Blessed Virgin, whose rosary that +savant was wont to recite every day.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e522src" +href="#xd20e522" name="xd20e522src">1</a></p> +<p>Then the story of the various religious missions in the Philippines +entrusted to members of his Society by another Jesuit, Pedro Murillo +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb10" href="#pb10" name= +"pb10">10</a>]</span>Velarde (Manila, 1749), a rare and valuable work, +whereof an accompanying chart, drawn in 1734, should, strictly +speaking, be styled the earliest detailed topographical map of the +Philippines. From the pen of the same scholar issued, too, an +historical geography of that archipelago (Madrid, 1752), of much worth, +the same as his chart, for its scientific details—albeit little +known, it seems, to Philippinologists.</p> +<p>Then we have the rare and deeply interesting history (Madrid, 1756) +of some tribes in Luzon, hardest to convert—the Igorrotes, +Tinguianes, Apayaos and Adanes, four races of Indians in the +hill-country of Ilocos and Pangasinán, in spiritual charge of +the Augustinians, a member of which brotherhood, Manuel Carillo, is the +author.</p> +<p>Another book, that because of its manifold literary merit, of +historical accuracy and statistical detail, is styled by Retana +“an historical work <i lang="la">par excellence</i>,” is +the general history of the Philippines (Sampaloc, 1788–1792), by +the Recoleto missionary, Juan de la Concepción, copious source +of varied and valuable information, wherein—albeit somewhat +prolix in style, at times, too, rather digressive—the author may +fairly be said to be without rival.</p> +<p>Then comes the descriptive and historical account of the Marianas +Islands (Madrid, 1875), by Felipe La Corte y Ruano Calderón, the +best work on that little-known archipelago, and a rich source of +general information anent these Malaysian islands.</p> +<p>On the botany of the Philippines, a monumental work of the highest +character is the Philippine <i>Flora</i> (classified according to the +sexual system of Linnæus), by the Augustinian, Manuel Blanco, +printed at Manila, first in 1837, again in 1845, and finally +republished a third time in 1877–1883, in superb style, in four +folio volumes of text in Spanish and Latin, embellished with two +volumes of colored lithographed plates descriptive of the plants, +flowers and fruits of those islands. One of the co-laborers on the +third edition of this <i>Flora</i> was Ignacio Mercado, a Philippine +botanist himself, and professed member of the Augustinian +brotherhood.</p> +<p>The same Father Blanco also translated into Tagal the French +physician Tissot’s work on medicine, enriched with his own +life-long observations on Philippine plant-lore.</p> +<p>Along with Blanco’s <i>Flora</i> should be named the catalogue +of fauna of the Philippines (Manila, 1895–1896), by the Dominican +zoologist, Casto de Elera, an expert in that line of biological +science,—a work in folio (in three volumes) of two thousand three +hundred pages and upwards, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb11" href= +"#pb11" name="pb11">11</a>]</span>termed by Retana not only a +monumental work—easily to be believed—but one unique of its +character.</p> +<p>The geology of the islands (Madrid, 1840?), treated by Isidro Sainz +de Baranda, government inspector of mines, besides being well worth +reading, is the earliest study on this topic made on strictly +scientific lines.</p> +<p>Two works, sole representatives of their kind, are named by Retana +as of singular value to the physician not only, but to ethnologist and +scholar especially,—one the <i lang="es">Embriologia Sagrada</i> +(Manila, 1856), by the Recoleto missionary Gregorio Sanz, written in +aid of his fellow caretakers of souls, whose services in behalf of +suffering humanity in out-of-the-way districts were often called upon +by the natives, whose practice of the curing art, based on their own +traditional formulas, especially in cases of child-bearing, was, +despite the efforts of the missionary to uproot their unnatural and +utterly heathen disregard for human life, attended too often with +destruction of progeny and mother.</p> +<p>The other repository of singular and very curious information is a +treatise in Visaya-Cebuano and Spanish by another Recoleto evangelist, +Manuel Vilches (Manila, 1877), written similarly in benefit of Indian +sick, the Manual, that is, of the Visaya Physician, or native +doctor—<i lang="es">mediquillo</i>, as in the Philippines these +votaries of Hippocrates are styled, a work praised by Retana as replete +with Indian plant-lore.</p> +<p>The richest and most valuable collection of statistics relating to +the Philippines, so at least acknowledged by experts, more reliable too +than the Spanish government’s own work, is the <i lang= +"es">Estado general</i> of all the <i lang= +"es">pueblos</i>—Christianized settlements—in the islands, +drawn up by the Dominican archbishop of Manila, Pedro Payo (Manila, +1886), whereof the data were gathered by his vicars-forane and +parochial-cures throughout the archipelago. While the most artistic map +of Luzon, so styled by Retana, is the chart of that island (Madrid, +1883), published in four sheets by Enrique D’Almonte y +Muriel.</p> +<p>With mention of two other authors I close this section of +Philippina,—one the history of the islands, or rather a detailed +account of his travels therein, by the Augustinian scholar and voyager +Joaquín Martínez de Zúñiga (Sampaloc, +1803), a work known by its Spanish title as <i lang="es">Estadismo de +las Filipinas o mis viajes</i>, which, translated into English by John +Maver, was published in London in 1814; and lately edited by Retana +himself at Madrid in 1893.</p> +<p>As will be easily apparent to even the most cursory reader, +Zúñiga’s <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb12" href= +"#pb12" name="pb12">12</a>]</span>travels, critical throughout in +spirit, display on well nigh every page the results of keen observation +of affairs during his wanderings, combined moreover with sober +reflections on the character and condition of the various races of +people of the chief Philippine islands.</p> +<p>In acknowledgment of its scientific worth, Retana has enriched +Zúñiga’s history (in the edition just noted) with +twelve scholarly appendices replete with copious erudition, among other +topics on the ethnography and geography of the islands; on animals, +plants, and minerals. In these appendices, too, will be found copious +bibliographies on special topics, as trade, commerce, the <i lang= +"es">não de Acapulco</i>, taxation, finance, and the like.</p> +<p>And,—I feel that attention shall be called thereto, first +because the subject itself is deeply interesting to lovers especially +of folk-lore, then again, because commonly much misunderstood,—in +one of his appendices to Zúñiga (ii *66–*83), +Retana has reproduced some twenty-five pages of a Pangasinán +Charm Book, covered with strange words—jumbles, most of them, of +mutilated Church Latin, with crosses and queer-looking symbols. This +charm-book in MS. (as are all its fellows), whereof copies without +count are circulated among the lowest, most superstitious classes of +islanders—Indians and <i lang="es">meztizos</i>, that is, +Spaniard, or Chinese, mixed with native,—is wont to be worn +around the neck, in the disguise of a Catholic scapular, as safeguard +to the wearer against perils of any kind, chiefly the knife, or bullet, +of his enemy. Again,—I am quoting Retana, who gives his own +personal experiences in Luzon,—so jealously and closely (he says) +do these Indian charm-bearers guard their secret heathenish practice +from their missionaries, who, for ages, albeit not always with good +result, have been striving to detach their wards from such +superstitious usages, that the same scholar and curio-hunter, despite +his keenest research in Luzon, has never been able to catch even a +glimpse but of three of these pagan scapularies, the ones shown to him +by a Dominican missionary, Father Casimiro Lafuente, for many years +cure at the <i lang="es">pueblo</i> of Santa Barbara, in +Pangasinán, now (1893) a member of the house of his brotherhood +at Avila, in Spain. Moreover, it appears, from the same Retana, that +Father Lafuente, so many years resident in the islands, had never +succeeded in unearthing other scapularies than these self-same +three.</p> +<p>Many other forms of heathenism, some of them not even yet wholly +banned from the Philippines, the reader will find described in another +of Retana’s works—<i lang="es">de Aniterías</i> +(Madrid, 1894). <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb13" href="#pb13" name= +"pb13">13</a>]</span></p> +<p>Zúñiga also tells all worth knowing of the abominable +rites practised among Luzonians,—of their Nonos, Duendes, the +Pag-Papasipin, Tigbalag, Patianac, Bongsol, and Bilao. Much of what he +says regarding the attachment of these peoples to unclean and impious +ceremonies he has gathered from that rarest of books—one copy +only believed to be extant, at the colonial museum of the Augustinians +at Valladolid (in Spain), the <i lang="es">Práctica</i> (Manila, +1731), of Father Tomás Ortiz, one-time missionary of that +brotherhood in China, then for thirty years resident in Luzon, where he +died in 1742.</p> +<p>Better, however, consult Zúñiga himself,<a class= +"noteref" id="xd20e615src" href="#xd20e615" name="xd20e615src">2</a> +and the notes thereon by Retana, who singularly has failed to insert +Ortiz’ <i lang="es">Práctica</i> in his <i lang= +"es">Biblioteca</i>, and you will find much of interest;—among +other things about tattooing, common practice at one time among all +Polynesians, the same as among our own aborigines, until taught more +refined ways by Christian missionaries; and about wakes +too,—solemn ceremonials of grief, with banquetting and +chants—on the occasion of the death of kindred.<a class="noteref" +id="xd20e626src" href="#xd20e626" name="xd20e626src">3</a></p> +<p>Anent these and similar breaches of the Divine commands against +Satanism, it is surprising (I would observe) to reflect how many forms +of spirit and idol-worship<a class="noteref" id="xd20e634src" href= +"#xd20e634" name="xd20e634src">4</a> are (to their degradation be it +said) common with Malaysian and Caucasian. (See in our own periodicals, +published presumably by bright-minded, clean-souled Christian +philosophers, yes, see in these oracles of our fireside, advertisements +of magicians, diviners, fortune-tellers, charm-workers, not to speak of +other law breakers, whose mere self-interest seems to have dulled all +true intellective sense.)</p> +<p>The last authority on general topics I name here as invaluable as +well as deeply interesting to the scholar is the Encyclopedia (in two +volumes) of the Augustinian travelers, Manuel Buzeta and Felipe Bravo +(Madrid, 1851)—a work replete with most varied information along +with statistics, now, of course, out of date, on the ethnology, +geography, topography, dialects, customs and rites of the aborigines in +the Philippine archipelago.</p> +<p>Barring, as is only fair, any eulogy on the antiquated features of +this Encyclopedia, which yet will be recognized of much service to the +historian, the writer himself, who herein is supported among others by +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb14" href="#pb14" name= +"pb14">14</a>]</span>Retana, would style this monument of varied +scholarship and research a masterpiece of all-round learning; within +its lines an indispensable guide to every Philippinologist.</p> +<p>Such, then, are the books most trustworthy and serviceable in their +respective fields of history, antiquities, ethnology, and other +sciences relating to Philippina.</p> +<p>Before leaving this subject to dwell on Philippinian linguistics, I +venture a brief digression on a class of works of general historic +character—repertories of all ethnic science, little known, +however, albeit to their serious disadvantage, to most students, and +prized only by your true-hearted book-lover, who has sense to value +what he reads for its own worth mainly, not because stamped with +popular approval.</p> +<p>These are annals of the religious brotherhoods in the East, to be +recognized in Retana and other catalogues under the various titles of +chronicles—sometimes as <i lang="es">Conquistas</i>, a by no +means unfamiliar term—stories, that is, of the conquest of +heathendom, woven oftentimes, no doubt, as recreation by the missionary +amid his cares; sometimes as relief from thoughts of his far-away +native land—journals, as it were, drawn up by the wanderer, who, +besides being traveler, usually was a more or less keen-eyed observer, +at home wherever Providence sent him; where, too, he studied (for +self-interest was also at stake) whatever regarded the natives in his +care—the lands they dwelt in, the skies above them, the waters +around them.</p> +<p>Scholars such as these on life-long service in their foreign homes +were wont to make themselves conversant with every characteristic of +the natives—with the language first of all, then the legends, +poetry, chants; with the traditions and customs of the people, the +industries and sports of their dusky-hued friends and brothers.</p> +<p>As a rule, these plain, simply-told recitals of matters of fact, +chronicle among other curios of literature, all kinds of even the most +out-of-the-way learning anent the races of men; of plants and animals, +of the various oftentimes most singular phenomena of air, earth, and +water—subjects, all of them, of eagerest quest on the part of +scientist, ethnologist, linguist, philosopher, naturalist.</p> +<p>These stories, albeit at times verbose, at others digressive, will +be acknowledged by the honest-minded critic as rich, indeed, in +many-sided lore, enough to repay amply whatever time or trouble you +have spent in their reading.</p> +<p>With the exception of one collection of missionary annals—the +Relations <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb15" href="#pb15" name= +"pb15">15</a>]</span>of the Jesuits in North America; now being edited +by Reuben Gold Thwaites, Secretary of the State Historical Society of +Wisconsin—I know of no exact counterpart in the field of English +literature to these delightful narratives of old-time missionary +travelers, Maver’s translation of Zúñiga’s +<i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, in 1814, being not only out of print, but I +suppose unpurchasable.</p> +<p>With the aid of such monuments as these—all original records +of old-time <i lang="es">conquistadores</i> and their +fellow-missionaries in the Americas, it has resulted (to the delight +and blessing of students) that the cyclopedias of Americana (thirty +nine volumes of them), wherein you will find enshrined whatever is +worthy of preservation in the various chequered cycles of aboriginal +and Spanish polity and art, massed together by the Western historian +Bancroft, are veritably invaluable to the antiquarian, besides being +wholesome and refreshing food for men of intellective genius, as +therein, along with abundant matter for romance and epic, you will see +unraveled and laid bare many a drama of life. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb16" href="#pb16" name="pb16">16</a>]</span></p> +</div> +<div class="footnotes"> +<hr class="fnsep"> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e522" href="#xd20e522src" name="xd20e522">1</a></span> See the +Augustinian Zúñiga’s <i lang="es">Estadismo</i> ii, +*395, to which further reference will be made.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e615" href="#xd20e615src" name="xd20e615">2</a></span> <i lang= +"es">Estadismo</i>, i, 426–429.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e626" href="#xd20e626src" name="xd20e626">3</a></span> For these +usages, see Zúñiga, <i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, i, +533–534.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e634" href="#xd20e634src" name="xd20e634">4</a></span> Various +heathen rites, practised by these islanders, are described in Buzeta +(i, 60, etc.), as well as names of deities, and other enormities of +man’s distortion of truth.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch2" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd20e673" class="label">II.</h2> +<h2 class="main">Authorities on Philippine Dialects.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Now a few words anent the chief authorities on +Philippine linguistics—treatises, namely, bearing on the various +dialects employed in that archipelago, twenty-seven in number, as +observed ahead, all, however, akin in their common stock—Malay, +of which these idioms, or <i lang="fr">patois</i>, are daughters, yet +with countless, sharply-marked differences between one another.</p> +<p>A working knowledge of the many fashions of speech so much needed as +obvious, nay, indispensable to traveler or missionary, will be gained +most quickly and thoroughly, it should be premised, from books of +two-fold character,—(1) namely, from grammars and dictionaries of +the several idioms, based on scientific rules of philology; then (2) +from devotional works—books of Christian piety, very numerous in +the Philippines, as are religious manuals, prayer-, sermon-, and +confession-books, whereof titles abound in Retana, all pretty much from +the busy pen of missionaries themselves, to whose zeal and ability in +the instruction of their brown and black many-tongued wards is due +largely, nay, wholly, whatever of humanizing, Christian character is +found in Malaysia, as in fact is true also in other countries now +civilized and enlightened, albeit once barbarian.</p> +<p>In his latest bibliography,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e686src" href= +"#xd20e686" name="xd20e686src">1</a> where the number of published +works in each of the twenty-seven dialects of the Philippines is set +down by Retana, you will observe from a study of his lists, that though +in many dialects there are no grammars so entitled, or other scientific +aids to learning a given idiom, yet there are many works of religious +cast printed therein,—hand-books of practical religion, which you +will find useful beyond measure to linguists. Since from these +prayer-books, wherein are set down plainly the simplest and commonest +rules of Christian ethical conduct, you can easily gather a working +knowledge <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb17" href="#pb17" name= +"pb17">17</a>]</span>of the language itself, as the missionary who +composed them was careful to put matters of every-day interest in the +plain, every-day speech of the islanders. Before closing this brief +digression on manuals of piety, I must observe what will prove very +useful, I judge, to the scholar, that with works of the first class, as +grammars and dictionaries, is to be associated on shelf and desk a +goodly number of works of another class—books and treatises that +bear the name <i lang="es">Arte</i> = Aids to Learning, whereof you +will encounter very many in Retana.</p> +<p>The <i lang="es">Arte</i> of a given dialect, as will be found true +also in a measure for grammars and other school-manuals, will be +recognized as a compendium of not only literary rules, but of many +practical maxims of daily life, whereby the pupils are urged not only +to correct speech, but to upright conduct as well through sobriety, +piety to the Supreme Being, obedience to rulers, respect for parents +and fellows, according to the noblest ideals of refined Christian +manhood and womanhood. Thus, with grammar were taught ethics; with +politics, religion.</p> +<p>Referring here to class-books in the Philippines, where from the +earliest years of the conquest every <i lang="es">pueblo</i> had its +school of primary instruction, it will not be irrelevant to point out +the fact very stoutly that though education (as admitted by well-nigh +every chronicler) was primitive in character,—and in the +sixteenth and seventeenth centuries where was it not? yet the course of +instruction given in the common schools of bamboo-thatch was (as +results amply testify) deep and solid enough for the intellectual +calibre of the people. Since, so far as known, Malaysia, however +saintly, heroic, innocent, the same as our own aborigines, albeit now +civilized for three centuries and upwards, has, despite the heartiest +aid in teachers and funds, fairly lavished on them by Church and state, +turned out no man of shining mark, no scholar, no artist, no genius in +statecraft or commerce. The first college-institution with pretensions +to higher courses of intellectual training was opened (formally at +least) by the Jesuits in 1601, less than half a century, that is, after +the arrival of Europeans in Luzon.</p> +<p>In regard to common Indian schools, so zealously guarded by the +<i lang="es">Leyes de las Indias</i>, I have picked up here and there +from old-time chroniclers scraps of many ordinances passed by the crown +relative to their foundation and conduct. Among them the following bits +of quaint old-fashioned oversight of the dominies in charge. Thus, in +1754, I have read that each <i lang="es">maestro</i> of a +mission-school was to get, in lieu of support, “a <i lang= +"es">peso</i> and one <i lang="es">caban</i>—a measure—of +rice a month.” (A <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb18" href= +"#pb18" name="pb18">18</a>]</span><i lang="es">caban</i> was equal to +75 <i>litres</i>, about the same number of quarts, English.) Again, +every mission-priest was called upon to supply (free to his pupils) +“paper and ink.” Moreover, as early as the beginning of the +century just closing, in 1817, it was ordained that boys’ schools +were to be kept on the ground-floor of the mission-house; while the +girls were to be taught at their mistress’ home. +(Malaysia—thus it was ordained—was not to experiment with +the “co-educational theory.”)</p> +<p>Now for the promised works of chief authority on Philippine +linguistics,—monuments of the various dialects of that +archipelago, that, along with their purely technical value to the +student of idioms, will be acknowledged as useful to scholars in even +far different lines of intellectual play.</p> +<p>Of the best works for the study of Visaya, or Bisaya, first dialect +in the islands acquired by missionary and <i lang= +"es">conquistador</i>, wherein he gives 352 titles (p. xxix), Retana +has the following: “Up to a few years ago the dictionary held in +highest repute by linguists was the work of the Augustinian scholar +Alonso de Méntrida,” a vocabulary of the Hiligueina, or +Hiligayno, and Haraya tongues—two of the three chief dialects +spoken in Panay, not very different from the Visaya of Cebú, +used, however, by the less cultured tribes of hillsmen in that island. +This vocabulary, first printed in 1637, and in 1841 republished at +Manila, with diagrams of Indian alphabets, enlarged in another edition +in 1842, by a brother missionary, Julián Martín, has now +been supplanted by the Visaya-Spanish dictionary (in two volumes), of +another Augustinian scholar, Juan Félix de la +Encarnación, printed at Manila, first, in 1851–1852, then +in 1866 and again in 1885.</p> +<p>Another work deserving of praise is the <i lang="es">Arte</i> of the +Visaya idiom in use in the islands of Sámar and Leite (Binondo, +1872), composed by the Franciscan traveler, Antonio Figuerroa, in which +latter language—Leite, that with slight changes is similar to +Cebuano, the first grammar was published by the Jesuit missionary, +Domingo Ezquerra, in 1662.</p> +<p>Helpful, too, as much as the former <i lang="es">Arte</i> in +philology is the <i>Christian Doctrine</i> translated into +Visaya-Cebuano by the Recoleto scholar and orator, Tomás de San +Jerónimo, known to his contemporaries as “the Cicero of +Cebú.” His school-book re-issued at Binondo in 1876 is a +reprint of his edition of 1731.</p> +<p>Of the Tagal dialect,—a form of speech so hard to acquire with +nicety that, according to a Spanish saying, one needs therefor +“<i lang="es">un <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb19" href="#pb19" +name="pb19">19</a>]</span>año de arte y dos de +bahaque</i>,”<a class="noteref" id="xd20e756src" href="#xd20e756" +name="xd20e756src">2</a> that is to say, unless I am wrong in my +interpretation of the last word—“<i>bahaque</i>” +which likely is Aeta, the scholar needs “a year of study and two +of practice.”</p> +<p>The earliest Tagal <i lang="es">Arte</i>, so styled in chronicles, +for what with the universal destructive touch of time, and in Luzon +especially, the voracity of that pest of librarians, the +<i>anay</i>,—an ant that in a few hours, it is said, will devour +a library,—cases as well as books, not a sole copy, apparently, +has survived, was composed in 1580 by the Augustinian voyager and +missionary, Agustín de Albuquerque, fourth superior of his +brotherhood in the Philippines, and printed at Manila in 1637.</p> +<p>In Tagal the works most highly praised are the following: The +Critical Treatise on Tagalisms (Mexico, 1742), by the Franciscan +linguist, Melchior Oyanguren, the only work known wherein that tongue +is contrasted on scientific lines with the classic Latin, Greek, and +Hebrew, and Mandarin Chinese. The author was moved to prepare his +manual for the instruction of his brother missionaries prior to their +entrance into their field of work in Luzon.</p> +<p>The Tagal dictionary, by the Jesuit missionary, Juan de Noceda, and +others of his society (Manila, 1754), a lexicographical treasure, was +reprinted at Valladolid in 1836, and (in its most highly-prized form) +again, in 1860, at Manila, with valuable additions by some Augustinian +experts.</p> +<p>For the scholar unacquainted with Latin, the most serviceable work +for learning Tagal is the Essay on Tagal Grammar (Manila, 1878), +composed by the Recoleto missionary and linguist, Toribio Minguella de +la Merced, whose Grammar (in the same language) for the use of children +(Manila, 1886) was adopted for schools by the Spanish government.</p> +<p>While another helpful work for the study of that same dialect is the +Tagal catechism, by the Augustinian, Luis de Amezquita, a popular +booklet, first printed in 1666, and (in its thirteenth edition) in +1880, at Manila.</p> +<p>A rare and precious treatise, praised for its critical spirit, is +the study on Tagal poetry—a compendium of that dialect reprinted +at Sampaloc <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb20" href="#pb20" name= +"pb20">20</a>]</span>in 1787, from the first edition of 1703; and again +at Manila, in 1879, by another member of the same brotherhood, Gaspar +de San Agustín, author, besides, of one of the most valued +<i lang="es">Conquistas</i>, or histories of the islands.</p> +<p>For the study of Tagal refrains—for this people is +ballad-lover to the core—and similar turns of speech, an +excellent work, one unique of its kind, is the <i lang= +"es">Colección</i> (Guadalupe, 1890), by two well-known +Franciscan linguists, Gregorio Martín and Mariano +Martínez Cuadrado.</p> +<p>The Tagal <i lang="es">Arte</i> (Sampaloc, 1745), along with a +manual (also in Tagal) for the administration of the Sacraments, +composed by the Franciscan missionary, Sebastián de Totanes, +“is” (according to our bibliographer) “the best +edition of the best grammar” written by missionaries of that +order.</p> +<p>In Ilocano, another of the unnumbered dialects of Luzon, there is a +good dictionary (Manila, 1849), by the Augustinian scholar, +Andrés Carro (aided by others of his brotherhood)—the +first work of its kind, reprinted only a few years ago, in 1888. +Serviceable, too, for the study of the same +dialect—Ilocano—as doubtless easy to obtain, is the +<i lang="es">Catecismo</i>, by another member of that same order, +Francisco López (Manila, 1877), whereof editions fairly without +number have issued.</p> +<p>In Batanes, or Vatanes, a dialect used in the islets north of Luzon, +mission-field of the Dominicans, hard to reach, nor easy at best to +live in, is composed the Catechism of the Christian Doctrine (Manila, +1834), by a missionary of that order—the only work, perhaps, +printed in that language, wherein Retana states he is about to edit a +grammar and dictionary. In his <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i> (p. 51) he +gives the <i lang="es">Ave Maria</i> in Batanes, Ibanag and Ilocano, in +order to show (he says) the diversities between these idioms.</p> +<p>The Pampanga <i lang="es">Arte</i> (Manila, 1729), by the +Augustinian, Diego Bergaño, an estimable aid to the would-be +learner of that language, was reissued at Sampaloc in 1736. By the same +author is a dictionary of Pampanga—the only work of its class, +printed at Manila, first in 1732, and again in 1860.</p> +<p>In the Ibanag tongue, otherwise Ibanay or Cagayan, the dictionary by +the Dominican linguist, José Bugarín, and companions +(Manila, 1854), we have what Retana styles a masterpiece of +philological craft, “the first and (in fact) only vocabulary of +that dialect” whereof of all Philippine tongues “the +orthography is the most difficult to manage.” In another place, +however (p. 102), he has named another Ibanag dictionary <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb21" href="#pb21" name="pb21">21</a>]</span>(Manila, +1867), constructed from Dominican MSS., to which similarly (by error I +suppose) he has awarded seniority of press. Prior to the above +date—1854—in that vast region of Cagayan, where, by the +way, is grown the choicest tobacco in the Philippines, the +missionaries, for generation and generation of island-pupils had relied +wholly on MS. copies of Padre Bugarín’s dictionary.</p> +<p>In Pangasinán, or Caboalan, dialect used in the province of +the same name in Luzon, we have another linguistic treasure—the +<i lang="es">Arte</i> of Mariano Pellicer, of the same brotherhood, +reprinted at Manila, in 1862, from the edition of 1690, whereof in the +course of time, as writers tell us, it came to pass that up to about +the middle of the present century only one copy survived. Then re-cast +by Pellicer, in 1840, it was re-published by him some twenty years +later.</p> +<p>Of the Cuyona dialect I note two works of merit,—one (p. 113) +an explanation of the Christian Doctrine (Manila, 1871), by the +Recoleto missionary, Pedro Gibert de Santa Eulalia, edited by the +Dominican Mariano Cuartero, first bishop of St. Isabel, or Elizabeth, +of Jaro, in the island of Panay, one of the four suffragans of Manila, +an industrious scholar, editor of many works in Indian dialects, whom +the reader, however, is not to confound with another prelate of the +same name, Recoleto bishop of Nueva Segovia, in Luzon, nephew of the +former, who, in this one respect, was like his uncle—author of no +book: while the other Cuyona treasure, whereof there are very few in +that language, (“<span lang="es">poquisimos libros</span>,” +says Retana, p. 230), seven titles in all comprising the bibliography +of that tongue, is the Plan of Religion (Manila, 1886), by the same +industrious and scholarly Gibert.</p> +<p>In the Gaddan idiom, wherein only two books have been printed, both +very devotional in character, is a Catechism (Manila, 1833), and the +Pathway to Heaven (<i>ib.</i>, 1873), by Dominican missionaries in the +provinces of Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela, in Luzon.</p> +<p>In the Aeta language of the Negritos, or little black men, perhaps +the primitive race of the Philippines—whose name I have +encountered in many forms of spelling, as Ata, Ataa, Aeta, Agta, Aita, +Ita, Itaa,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e860src" href="#xd20e860" name= +"xd20e860src">3</a> there are similarly, only two works known to +Retana, whose bibliographical notices have been of so much +value,—one a Report on the Philippine Islands (Paris, 1885), +addressed to the French Minister of Public Instruction by J. Montano, a +book of over two hundred and nine pages, illumined with numerous +phototypes, and, what <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb22" href="#pb22" +name="pb22">22</a>]</span>renders it of exceptional value, enriched +with vocabularies, “the first,” Retana declares, in Aeta, +Bilaan, Manobo (of the natives of Mindanao), Sámal and Tagacaolo +dialects.</p> +<p>As companion volume to the above, though far smaller in bulk, is a +little treatise (Dresden, 1893), of double authorship, the German A. B. +Meyer giving therein a very interesting Aeta vocabulary, and his Dutch +co-laborer, H. Kern, a comparative study of the same tongue, which he +traces to Malay ancestry.</p> +<p>For the study of Chamorro, idiom of the Marianas Islands, one will +find serviceable the little book of devotions (Manila, 1887), with +counsels for the worthy reception of the Sacraments of God, (p. +248)—the only work, in fact, we have in this dialect, by the +Recoleto linguist and traveler, Aniceto Ibáñez del +Carmen.</p> +<p>Finally, with three other samples of the Philippine press as proofs +of the variety of its polyglot fonts, and I shall have done with this +digression on the many languages used in this part of +Polynesia,—one a grammar in the dialect of Yap or Guap (p. 248), +in the western Caroline archipelago (Manila, 1888), composed apparently +by the Capuchin missionary, Ambrosio de Valencia; the second (p. 332) a +Hispano-Kanaka dictionary (Tambóbong, 1892), by another Capuchin +wanderer, according to Retana, Agustín María de +Ariñez. While the last, a work, as will readily be acknowledged, +of interest as well as importance to ethnologists, linguists, +Americanists especially, is the list of Nahuatlisms of Costa Rica (San +José de Costa Rica, 1892), by Juan Fernández Ferraz, a +goodly-sized volume of over two hundred pages, wherein, on purely +linguistic grounds, the author has maintained the kinship of our own +Central Americans and the Philippinians, from the fact especially that +in the respective countries of these two antipodal peoples, abound very +many terms of every-day use, with identical spelling and meaning. In +his <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i> (p. 340), Retana has gathered a few of +these homonyms and synonyms.</p> +<p>Such, then, are the chief authorities on language among our +Philippina that, while entertaining, nay instructing the philologist, +will delight also the general student, the writers whereof, as the +reader will not be slow to observe, were in far larger number all +churchmen and missionaries.</p> +<p>In fact, of the 1142 authors, whose works he has enumerated +(<i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>, xxxv–xxxvi), Retana states that +four hundred and sixty-six are ecclesiastics, that is, ninety-eight +secular clergymen and three hundred and sixty-eight members of +religious brotherhoods, whereof the Augustinians<span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb23" href="#pb23" name= +"pb23">23</a>]</span>—the writer’s own +order—numbering one hundred and forty-one authors, inclusive of +thirty-seven Recoletos—the bare-footed branch of that +fraternity—figure highest. Next in rank, we have one hundred +Dominicans, then fifty-seven Jesuits, fifty-six Franciscans, and +fourteen authors of orders not specified.</p> +<p>Of these brotherhoods, who thus in Malaysia, as in other quarters of +the globe, brought forth so brilliant an array of scholars and +philanthropists, the first-named, the Augustinians, with Legazpi, +crossing two oceans and one continent therefore, found a home in the +Philippines at the conquest of that archipelago in 1565; in 1577 the +first Franciscans reached the isles; in 1581, the Dominicans, with the +first bishop of Manila (by actual possession), Domingo Salazar, member +of the same brotherhood, accompanied too by some Jesuits, while the +Recoletos first crossed the Pacific in 1611.</p> +<p>These churchmen, with very few exceptions Spanish, with later on a +sprinkling of Portuguese, Dutchmen, Germans, Italians and Irishmen, +scholars, as a rule, of fair repute, some even of European eminence, +from their advent into Polynesia, besides their care in implanting +Christian altruism, wherewith only (as history attests) thrive science +and art, have toiled ever since to imbue these islanders, whom they +found heathen—without letters, laws, or settled abode—with +learning, the arts of husbandry, building, carving, painting, weaving, +and the like graces of intellectual grandeur—in brief, with +whatever of civilization now marks Malaysian genius.</p> +<p>From Manila, as centre of intellectual enlightenment for all eastern +Asiatic and Polynesian lands in the sixteenth century, were +transplanted the germs of philanthropy—of wisdom and +charity—to Borneo, the Carolines, Moluccas, as well as the +mainland of Asia, to China and Japan, while in India the Portuguese, +with headquarters at Goa, fulfilled the same destiny as their Iberian +brothers.</p> +<p>Speaking of the heroism of these self-exiled churchmen and +worshipers of the Christian Minerva in Asiatic tropics, I quote the +words of the famed French savant, Elisée Reclus, a witness, by +the way, in no measure partial to cloister life. In his Universal +Geography<a class="noteref" id="xd20e895src" href="#xd20e895" name= +"xd20e895src">4</a> he declares that “<span lang="es">Los +Filipinos son de los pueblos mas civilizados del Extremo Oriente. Los +han civilizado los frailes</span>”—that is, “The +Philippines are one of the most civilized people of the Far East. The +friars have civilized them.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb24" +href="#pb24" name="pb24">24</a>]</span></p> +</div> +<div class="footnotes"> +<hr class="fnsep"> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e686" href="#xd20e686src" name="xd20e686">1</a></span> <i lang= +"es">Biblioteca</i>, xxix–xxxi.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e756" href="#xd20e756src" name="xd20e756">2</a></span> Relative to +this term <i>bahaque</i>, which I have met only once, in the <i lang= +"es">Historia Franciscana</i>, (<i>parte</i> I, <i>lib.</i> i, +<i>cap.</i> 39,) is the following description of the black men, the +Aetas, or negroes, of Negros, “<span lang="es">andan totalmente +desnudos</span>,” (the author says,) “<span lang="es">y +solo traen cubiertas las partes verendas con unos como Lienzos, +tirantes de atrás á adelante, que se llamen Bahaques, los +quales hacen de cortesas de Arboles majadas con gran tiento, de modo +que ay algunos, que parecen Lienzo fino; y rodeandose por la Cintura un +Bejúco, en el amarran el Bahaque por sus dos +extremos.</span>” See Zúñiga, i, 423, wherefore, +perhaps, the significance of <i>bahaque</i> in the proverb.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e860" href="#xd20e860src" name="xd20e860">3</a></span> +Retana’s Appendix G, in Zúñiga’s <i lang= +"es">Estadismo</i>, ii, *492.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e895" href="#xd20e895src" name="xd20e895">4</a></span> This +quotation is from page 28 of <i lang="es">Apostolado de la Prensa</i>, +No. 82 (Madrid, 1898)<span class="corr" id="xd20e900" title= +"Not in source">,</span> which locates it in <i>tome</i> xiv, p. 541, +of Reclus.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch3" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd20e912" class="label">III.</h2> +<h2 class="main">Some Literary Curios among Philippina.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Among the curios of artistic and literary cast, +your bright-minded reader, if on the alert to spy anything deserving of +notice, will find here and there in Retana’s pages enshrined many +a bit of out-of-the-way information. The following half dozen or so of +oddities will probably be acknowledged, not unworthy of mention among +these Philippina:</p> +<p>They are <i lang="es">La Razon</i>: A Plea Against Certain Vexatious +Encroachments of the Crown on Mexican and Manila Trade, by José +Nuño de Villavicencio (Sampaloc, 1737), which bears on its cover +the most tasty design by Philippine burin—a plate illustrative of +the contents of the Plea, engraved by Francisco Suárez, a Tagal +artist.</p> +<p><i lang="es">El Cosmopolita</i>—The +Cosmopolitan—(Manila, 1895–1896), the first periodical (p. +458), with phototypes, published in the islands.</p> +<p>The first Almanac and Guide-Book for strangers and travelers, with a +Map of the Archipelago, was issued at Manila for the year 1834.</p> +<p>The newspaper—<i lang="es">El Ilocano</i>—a bi-weekly, +published in Spanish and Ilocano at Manila (p. 464), from 1889 to 1896 +(?) was the first periodical written in Indian dialect.</p> +<p>Again, another periodical—<i lang="es">El Hogar</i> (p. 464), +The Fireside—a weekly, of 16 pages, started at Manila in 1892, +under the direction of Madam Amparo Gómez de la Serna, was the +first paper devoted to science, letters, beaux-arts, and useful +information published almost exclusively in the interests of women, +while the <i lang="es">Revista de Filipinas</i> (p. 132), a bi-weekly, +that, starting at Manila in 1875, lived only two years, is the +worthiest of Philippine periodicals, noticeable chiefly for the deeply +scientific cast of its papers.</p> +<p>The <i lang="es">Romancero Filipino</i>, a work of fancy (Manila, +1892), by Manuel Romero Aquino, is styled (p. 554) by Retana the +neatest and best piece of work by Philippine pen.</p> +<p>While <i>The American Soldier</i>, a four-page daily newspaper, +whereof the opening number is dated Manila, September 10, 1898, is the +first <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb25" href="#pb25" name= +"pb25">25</a>]</span>periodical, maybe print of any sort, in the +English language, published in the islands.</p> +<p>With the foregoing extravaganzas of literature we note that the +series of Philippine periodicals, which in Retana’s own +collection number (he says) one hundred and twelve, in their entirety +do not surpass one hundred and sixty. Of his own he gives the titles +(<i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>, xxiii–xxviii) from <i lang="es">Del +Superior Gobierno</i>, the first newspaper issued in the islands, with +the imprint of Manila, August 8, 1811, down to the +latest—<i lang="es">Thé Kon Leche</i> (Tea and +Milk)—a four-page weekly satirical periodical, with illustrations +(in two colors), published at Manila in 1898.</p> +<p>The oldest piece of what we may style distinctively Philippine +literature, whereof, moreover, only one copy is believed to be extant, +albeit printed abroad in Europe, is an Account of Legazpi’s +Expedition from Mexico to Cebú in 1565, sent from Seville to one +Miguel Salvador, of Valencia, and printed one year later at Barcelona. +This <i lang="es">Copia</i>—thus entitled in Retana—heads +his list of Philippina, a study of which, with the supplement (p. 505 +<i>et seq.</i>), discloses the fact that of the books that head his +<i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>, the first nineteen were printed +abroad—eighteen in Europe; that is, nine in Spain, at Barcelona, +Madrid, Burgos, Valencia and Seville; seven in Italy, at Rome, Genoa +and Venice; one each in France, at Paris, and in Flanders, at Antwerp +(“Amberes” in the Spanish), where a Mendoza’s History +of China was printed in 1596, by Bellero; and the nineteenth in +Mexico.</p> +<p>The first fruit itself of the Philippine press—thus styled by +Retana, though mistakenly, we judge—was the Spanish-Japanese +Dictionary of 1630, on which I will make some remarks when treating of +the early Philippine press.</p> +<p>Moreover, it is noticeable that of these earliest Philippina not one +of them treats distinctively of religious matters, but—with the +exception of two, Fragoso’s and Acosta’s Botanies, or works +on Eastern flora—are wholly historical in character, embracing, +as they do, along with the <i lang="es">Copia</i> of 1566, eleven +editions of the still estimable history of China and other Asiatic +lands, by the Augustinian traveler, Juan González de Mendoza, +whereof the Roman edition (by Vincenzo Acolti in 1585) gives plates +illustrative of Chinese typographical symbols—the first shown to +Europeans. Of this history, it may be observed, thirty-eight editions +have appeared in all—in Latin, Spanish, Italian, French, German, +Dutch, and English. Among these early Philippina—to continue our +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb26" href="#pb26" name= +"pb26">26</a>]</span>analysis—is a history of that archipelago, +by the Franciscan chronicler, Marcelo de Ribadeneyra; a report on the +same islands, by the Jesuit scholar, Pedro Chirino—the first work +of its kind published in Europe (Rome, 1604), with diagrams of +Philippine characters—signs, namely, employed by the natives in +writing, whereof, says Retana, “a miserable edition” was +printed at Manila in 1890. Then follow other works, among them a story +of the conquest of the Moluccas, one of the sixteenth century names of +the Philippines, a work of utmost value to the historical writer, +composed by the presbyter, <span class="corr" id="xd20e986" title= +"Source: Bartholomé">Bartolomé</span> Leonardo de +Argensola (Madrid, 1609); then a trustworthy account of the triumph of +Spanish arms in the Philippines, by Antonio de Morga, auditor-general +of the crown in those colonies, printed in Mexico in 1609; and lastly +the report of Governor Francisco Guzman de Tello, eleventh +captain-general of those islands (Seville, 1598?).</p> +<p>The two merely scientific works, alluded to ahead, are +“Discourses on Aromatic Things—Plants, Fruit, and the like +simple Medicines employed in the East Indies,” composed by Juan +Fragoso, a rare and curious work (Madrid, 1572); and a Treatise on the +Drugs and Medicines used in the East Indies, with plates representing +various plants, by Cristóbal Acosta, published first in Spanish +at Burgos in 1578; in Latin (in two editions) in 1582 and 1593; in +French (also in two editions) in 1602 and 1619; lastly in English in +1604. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb27" href="#pb27" name= +"pb27">27</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch4" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd20e993" class="label">IV.</h2> +<h2 class="main">Philippine Presses.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Now for a description of the different +printing-presses—or, rather, places—in the Philippines, +from the earliest named by Retana in his <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>, +in all fourteen distinct localities, where printing was carried on in +the three islands of Luzon, Panay and Cebú.</p> +<p>1.—From an analysis of the titles I find that Manila ranks +earliest, where (with limitations to be set later) a printing-press was +established in 1630, in which year, at the Dominican College of St. +Thomas, a Spanish-Japanese dictionary, the work of Portuguese Jesuit +missionaries and scholars, now translated into Spanish, was printed by +Tomás Pinpin, a native Tagal, and Jacinto Magaurlua. This +dictionary (now extremely rare), even though not the first book printed +in the islands, as stated by Retana, must yet be ranked among the +earliest specimens of Philippine literature.</p> +<p>In his Bibliography three different titles (we may observe) bear the +imprint of Manila, with the name of this city spelled according to the +ancient aboriginal form, albeit but slightly varied from the +present—“Maynila”—otherwise, as I have read it, +“Mainilla,” a variant in orthography one encounters in old +chronicles—a Tagal word (it seems) signifying a species of shrub +or bush, in the Spanish rendered <i lang="es">arbusto</i>, that in 1571 +was found to cover the site of the new city projected by the <i lang= +"es">conquistadores</i>, under the leadership of Miguel López de +Legazpi.</p> +<p>In this same year, it may be added, the site of the future +metropolis of Malaysia was taken possession of by Spanish arms, with +due observance of ceremonial, sealed with the three local +chieftains,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1014src" href="#xd20e1014" name= +"xd20e1014src">1</a> Lacandola, Matandá and Soliman, by +blood-bargain—<i lang="es">pacto de sangre</i>.<a class="noteref" +id="xd20e1020src" href="#xd20e1020" name="xd20e1020src">2</a> Here, +too, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb28" href="#pb28" name= +"pb28">28</a>]</span>at Manila, the second church in Malaysia devoted +to the Supreme Being, the first having been founded at Cebú, was +dedicated the same year (1571) to God, under the most fitting title of +the Conversion of St. Paul the Apostle, first great missionary to +heathendom. At Cebú, by agreement with Chief Tupas, the standard +of Christian comity—the Cross—had been reared in 1565, and +its church dedicated in honor of St. Michael Archangel, name-saint of +Legazpi, though shortly after rechristened <i lang="es">El Santo +Niño</i>—the Holy Child—its title to-day.</p> +<p>The three works then printed at “Maynila,” or Bush Town, +in Luzon, are a Manual of Devotions to St. Roch, translated into Tagal +by the Augustinian missionary, Esteban Diez, a skilled Tagalist, in +1820; a periodical—the <i lang="es">Revista +Católica</i>—whereof the first and only number (p. 309) +was issued in 1890; and lastly, a weekly paper (the same as the former) +in Tagal, published in 1896.</p> +<p>2.—The second place to witness the establishment of a press +was Sampaloc, in Zambales province, in Luzon, where, in 1736, at the +Franciscan convent of Our Lady of Loreto, was printed the Augustinian +Diego Bergaño’s <i lang="es">Arte</i>, in +Pampanga—first fruit, it seems, of typographical genius in that +<i lang="es">pueblo</i>. While the last imprint with the name of +Sampaloc is an almanac, or church calendar, for the year 1838 (more +probably, however, printed the year ahead), when the old press, founded +by Franciscan friars a hundred years before, disappears.</p> +<p>3.—At Tayabas, in the province of the same name, in Luzon (p. +31), was printed a Tagal dictionary, by the Franciscan, Totanes, now +supplanted, however, by Noceda’s far superior work on +philological score, especially with the additions made thereto by the +Augustinians in the Manila edition of 1860. This Tayabas imprint is the +only work I have encountered with the name of that <i lang= +"es">pueblo</i>.</p> +<p>4.—The first Cavite imprint (p. 38) dates (it seems) from +1815—a church calendar for the following year; while the last, +with the name of this Manila suburb written, however, with a +K—“Kavite”—is an appeal of the revolutionary +party in 1898 (p. 451), under the official seal of the <i lang= +"es">Gobierno Dictatorial de Filipinas</i>.</p> +<p>5.—Binondo is the fifth place, whereof the first +work—statistical reports of Franciscan missionaries—was +printed in 1865; the last, José Patricio Clemente’s Moral +Lectures for Youth (p. 540), in 1872. In regard, however, to this town, +it should be observed that in his earlier bibliography (ed. 1893) +Retana names a work printed by Pinpin in the Hospital of St. Gabriel, +at Binondo, in 1623. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb29" href="#pb29" +name="pb29">29</a>]</span></p> +<p>6.—At Vigan, the old Villa Fernandina of the Ilocos, known +also to Spaniards as Nueva Segovia, a city founded in the sixteenth +century by Juan Salcedo, one of the captains under Legazpi, and so +christened by him in memory of his native place in Spain, but now known +as Lalo, or Lal-lo,—here was started a Sunday newspaper, <i lang= +"es">El Eco de Vigan</i>, published in Ilocano in 1883, that died, +however, a year after birth.</p> +<p>7.—In Iloilo (on the island of Panay) was printed, in 1885, +the pastoral letter of Alejandro Arrué, Recoleto bishop of St. +Isabel, or Elizabeth, of Jaro.</p> +<p>8.—Then comes Guadalupe, eighth place on our list, a sanctuary +village on the left bank of the river Tasig, a couple of leagues from +Manila, a shrine founded by Augustinians in 1601, in honor of St. +Nicholas, the wonder-worker of Tolentino, a place visited yearly by +great numbers of Chinese Confucians, as well as Christians, who hold +that saint in highest and most singular veneration. At Guadalupe, in +1886, issued two works from the orphanage press—An Abridgment of +the Christian Doctrine of Pouguet and Fleuri, drawn up in Bisaya by +Father Mateo Pérez, Augustinian cure of Argao; and +Lozano’s Novena to St. Thomas of Villanova. The last imprint of +Guadalupe—a Tagal Catechism, by Luis de Amezquita, a brother +missionary of Pérez—bears the date 1890.</p> +<p>9.—The earliest sample of Cebú print—the island +where, under Legazpi, three centuries earlier, civilization first found +a footing in Malaysia—is a work that elicits from Retana +remarkable praise, in view of the difficulties that attended its +printing; the paper—such was the dearth in the Visayas of proper +material for good press-work—being of five or six different +qualities in body, make, color. This work, that I think we may style a +triumph of adaptive art, is the <i lang="es">Ensayo para una +Galería de Asturianos ilustres</i>, a genealogical monument (in +three volumes), by the Augustinian antiquary, Fabiáno +Rodríguez, begun in 1888 and completed in 1893. While the last +Cebú imprint, a government statistical report on crime and the +like, is dated 1892.</p> +<p>10.—Tambóbong, a <i lang="es">pueblo</i> near the +coast, in Tondo province, about three miles from Manila, comes tenth in +our list, where, at the orphan asylum of Our Lady of Consolation, in +1889, was printed a weekly newspaper—the <i lang="es">Revista +Católica de Filipinas</i>—discontinued in 1896. While the +last imprint from this press—An Abridgment of the History of +Spain (of only eight pages)—was issued, presumably, in 1897.</p> +<p>11.—At Nueva Caceres, or Camarines, in Luzon, a town founded +in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb30" href="#pb30" name= +"pb30">30</a>]</span>the sixteenth century by Governor Francisco Sande, +in memory of his birthplace in Estremadura, but now known even +officially as Naga, the first work bearing the name of that <i lang= +"es">pueblo</i>—a hand-book of devotions—issued from the +press of the <i lang="es">Sagrada Familia</i>, in 1893; and two years +later (in 1895) the last—A Life of St. Monica and her son, St. +Augustine—written, the same as the former, in Bícol +dialect.</p> +<p>12.—In 1895, we read the earliest printed samples of +Malabón art—a poetical tribute of gratitude to Our Lady of +Welcome—<i lang="es">Bien-Venida</i>, one of the many titles of +the Mother of God, so dear to Philippine soul, by Fructuoso Arias +Camisón, from the orphan-press of Our Lady of Consolation (in +care of Augustinians). Only once, it may be noted, is the name of this +<i lang="es">pueblo</i>—encountered quite frequently in Retana, +the same (he says) as Tambóbong, written +“Malabóng,” a somewhat unusual form of +spelling—employed by Manuel Sastrón, in his description of +Batangas, printed in 1895.</p> +<p>From several specimens of Malabón press-work, now before me, +I may observe that, for accuracy in composition, neatness—in +brief, of general excellence in workmanship—these samples of the +orphanage establishment at Malabón would not fail to honor even +a Philadelphia craftsman.</p> +<p>Two years ago (in 1898), just prior to the siege of Manila, under +the care of two Fathers and four lay-brothers of the Augustinians, +resident at this orphan asylum, one hundred and one lads were being +taught the following trades: 13 compositors, 12 press-workers, 30 +bookbinders, 3 gilders, 43 candlemakers, while 44 other youngsters, too +small for hard work, were, the same as their seniors, given food, +clothing, and shelter;<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1105src" href= +"#xd20e1105" name="xd20e1105src">3</a> while similarly, at Mandaloya +orphan asylum for girls, conducted by twenty-two sisters (of the same +order), a hundred and twenty-two lassies were taught music (piano), +painting, drawing, embroidery, flower-, lace- and dress-making, +hair-dressing, laundry-work, and sewing.<a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1111src" href="#xd20e1111" name="xd20e1111src">4</a></p> +<p>But alas! it is feared that through the grim fate of war a like +disaster, as has wrecked many another fair shrine of learning and art +in countries even nearer our own, has befallen our studios and +laboratories at Malabón and Mandaloya, that therefrom their +inmates—orphans, instructors and care-takers are now wanderers, +with their treasures ravished, their homes destroyed. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb31" href="#pb31" name="pb31">31</a>]</span></p> +<p>13.—Then we meet with a work printed in 1896, at the +revolutionary press at Imus, in Cavite province, in Luzon,—a +proclamation (in Tagal)—the only imprint bearing the name of this +<i lang="es">pueblo</i>.</p> +<p>14.—Finally, in 1898, at Mandaloyon, or Mandaloya (named +ahead), an old <i lang="es">hacienda</i> of the Augustinians in Tondo +province, in Luzon, the morning-paper—<i lang="es">La +República Filipina</i>—began publication with the flag of +the new-born republic in colors for heading,—the first journal of +the Tagal insurgents, that had so much to do in bringing about the +downfall of Spanish rule in the Philippines.</p> +<p>Before concluding this section on early presses, we may add the +references made by Retana to other Philippine prints than the ones +given in his <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>. In a former work<a class= +"noteref" id="xd20e1139src" href="#xd20e1139" name="xd20e1139src">5</a> +he states that by certain writers, whom he names, presses were said to +have been established on the isle of Luzon, viz: at Bacolor in 1619; +Macabebe in 1621; and Tayabas in 1703. Similarly, he cites two works, +named by the Franciscan antiquarian Huerta as having been printed at +Manila earlier than the Bugarín dictionary—the <i lang= +"es">Devocion Tagalog</i> in 1610; and a <i lang="es">Diccionario</i> +in 1613, both (according to Huerta) from the press of Tomás +Pinpin, the Tagal printer. Moreover, under the heading of +“Manila” and “Pinpin,” Retana gives the dates +of several still older imprints than the Japanese dictionary of 1630, +which in his <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i> has been accorded the honor of +senior of the Philippine press.</p> +<p>The reason for the omission of these titles in Retana’s later +bibliography, that otherwise would seem unaccountable, is perhaps a +doubt as to their genuinity. But why he should fail to mention this +flaw in their line of ancestral title, is like many another perplexing +problem that the scholar is apt to encounter in his wanderings through +the shadowy, albeit delightful and fascinating realm of letters.</p> +<p>We now pass on to the question of the introduction of the press into +the Philippines. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb32" href="#pb32" name= +"pb32">32</a>]</span></p> +</div> +<div class="footnotes"> +<hr class="fnsep"> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1014" href="#xd20e1014src" name="xd20e1014">1</a></span> In old +Spanish chronicles it is a common thing to meet such titles of these +Indian rulers, as Ladia, Radia, Raxa, and Rajá. Lacandola was +rajah of Manila.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1020" href="#xd20e1020src" name="xd20e1020">2</a></span> The +Augustinian chronicler, Grijalva, is one of the earliest writers to +describe this rite, which, according to him, is performed as follows: +“<span lang="es">La cerimonia se haze, sacando delos pechos delos +que contraen la amistad una poca de sangre, y mezelando la una, y la +otra en un poco de vino, le veuen por iguales partes los +contrayentes.</span>” (<i lang="es">Cronaca del Orden</i>, from +1533–1592, Mexico (in the Augustinian Convent), 1624.) Quotation +from Zúñiga, ii, 215. From Buzeta, i, 395, it appears +that blood-bargain was first entered into by Legazpi (in 1565) at +Bohol, with Chief Sicatuna.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1105" href="#xd20e1105src" name="xd20e1105">3</a></span> From the +report of the Orphanage for 1897–1898, in <i lang="es">Estado +General</i>, Malabón, 1898.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1111" href="#xd20e1111src" name="xd20e1111">4</a></span> From the +report of the Orphanage at Mandaloya, in <i lang="es">Estado</i> (as +ahead).</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1139" href="#xd20e1139src" name="xd20e1139">5</a></span> See +Appendix B, in Zúñiga’s <i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, +ii, *105–*123, where Retana has given, with a list of the early +presses in the Philippines, the names of the printers.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch5" class="div1"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd20e1160" class="label">V.</h2> +<h2 class="main">Introduction of Printing into the Philippines.</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">As regards the introduction of printing itself into +that archipelago, wherein (as writers agree) the first press was set to +work in the opening years of the seventeenth century, yet there is +dispute as to two points,—the precise date, namely, when the +printing-press was first established there, and the country whence it +was carried to those islands.</p> +<p>Though in his <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i> Retana inferentially +states that the Spanish-Japanese Dictionary of 1630 was the earliest +Philippine imprint, yet in another work of a few years ahead, one of +his numerous valuable appendices to Zúñiga’s +Travels,<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1171src" href="#xd20e1171" name= +"xd20e1171src">1</a> the same author has maintained, rightly and +soundly enough it would seem, a wholly different opinion. There he +reproduces the title-page of a work printed twenty years earlier, in +1610, which he himself saw in the <span lang="es">Museo Biblioteca de +Ultramar</span>, whereof the title (he declares) is as follows:</p> +<p lang="es">Arte y Reglas | de la Lengua | Tagala. | Por el Padre. F. +Fray Francisco de. S. Joseph de la | Ordē de. S. Domingo +Predicador General en la Prouincia | de. N. Señora del Rosario +de las Islas Filipinas. |</p> +<p>[<i>Here the Grand Seal of the Dominican Order</i> (in wood) <i>with +this legend</i>:]</p> +<p lang="es">| Mihi avtem ab | sit glorianisi incruce Dñi +Ñri IESVXPIAD—| GAL. 6. |</p> +<p lang="es">| En el Partido de Bataan | galo, Año de 1610. +|</p> +<p>Substantially the aforesaid title means that the book—a Tagal +grammar—was composed by Father Francisco de S. Joseph (whose +family-name (as otherwise known) was Blancas), of the Dominican Order, +preacher-general of his province of Our Lady of the Rosary in the +Philippines, and printed at Bataan, <span class="sc">A.D.</span> +1610.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1199src" href="#xd20e1199" name= +"xd20e1199src">2</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb33" href="#pb33" +name="pb33">33</a>]</span></p> +<p>In one of his Appendices to Zúñiga,<a class="noteref" +id="xd20e1205src" href="#xd20e1205" name="xd20e1205src">3</a> Retana +affirms that the printer of this <i lang="es">Arte</i> was the Tagal +Tomás Pinpin.</p> +<p>Why, then, with this sample of early Philippine typography before +his eyes, presumably yet extant on the shelves of the <span lang= +"es">Museo de Ultramar</span>, Retana (whose interesting description of +Blancas’ <i lang="es">Arte</i> of 1610 will shortly follow) +should have deemed it right to omit all mention of it in his latest +bibliography, wherein, so far as I can read, there is not the slightest +reference to it, seems truly a literary conundrum—one that, for +me at least, baffles all power of solution.</p> +<p>However, accepting facts in the world of letters, as in the +objective universe of God’s creation, as they stand, as we see +them and know them, with the guidance of Retana himself, we now proceed +(as promised) to a description of this Tagal grammar, the earliest +specimen of Philippine typography known at least to be extant.</p> +<p>Blancas’ <i lang="es">Arte</i> is a book printed on rice +paper—<i lang="es">papel de arroz</i>—with a preface of +sixteen unnumbered pages and three hundred and eleven (of text) +numbered, that is, three hundred and twenty-seven in all, yet in one +instance wrongly paged, since the observant eye of our bibliographer +has detected that what really is page 157 in the <i lang="es">Arte</i> +has been printed “156,” the body of the grammar thus +comprising, not 311 pages, as the printer has made it, but in reality +312.</p> +<p>On the verso of the title (that is, page 2) are given various +licenses to print, issued among other officials by Miguel Ruiz of +Binondoc (an old form apparently for the town now known as Binondo), +this permit being dated February 6, 1609. Then follow the licenses of +Father Blancas’ own provincial superior, dated Manila, June 3, +and another official’s, whose name (Retana says) is missing by +reason of the page having been torn, dated from Quiapo, on (month too +wanting) 24, of the same year—1609—with the former.</p> +<p>On the third page, with the date July 28, 1609, we read the names of +several Manila church-officers, eight in all, licensing Father +Blancas’ <i lang="es">Arte</i>, among them the dean of the +cathedral-chapter of Manila, the archdeacon Arellano, and Pedro de +Rojas, who, as secretary apparently of that body, adds his attestation +to the chapter-action above.</p> +<p>From pages 4 to part of 7 is a Tagal Hymn to the Holy Virgin, Mother +of Our Lord; then following the finale of this hymn, a prayer to God, +Almighty Giver of all intellectual light, for power to be granted His +servants to learn of His wisdom and ability to tell it to the Tagals. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb34" href="#pb34" name= +"pb34">34</a>]</span></p> +<p>Then, following some ancient Tagal characters, comes the grammar in +chief, which has been printed (as is obvious)<a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1248src" href="#xd20e1248" name="xd20e1248src">4</a> from type, +bearing distinct marks of use. Wherefore, since we have now concluded +Retana’s description of this <i lang="es">Arte</i>, we, in turn, +may observe—the inference seems lawful—that our Bataan +press of 1610 had been at work before that year, and Father +Blancas’ <i lang="es">Arte</i> is not the earliest Philippine +imprint.</p> +<p>A point made by Retana with reference to Bataan, place of imprint on +the title thereof, is to this effect that instead of Bataan, name (he +says) of a province, and in olden time of a very unimportant <i lang= +"es">pueblo</i> (known, however, more correctly as +“Batan”),<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1262src" href= +"#xd20e1262" name="xd20e1262src">5</a> one should read Abucay, capital +of the province of Bataan, a far likelier place for the establishment +of a printing-office.<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1268src" href= +"#xd20e1268" name="xd20e1268src">6</a></p> +<p>So much, then, for the still more ancient work than +Bugarín’s dictionary of 1630.</p> +<p>But how much earlier than 1610, date of the Tagal <i lang= +"es">Arte</i>, or in what part of the Philippine archipelago, the press +was at work, is a puzzle, that relying on the only authorities bearing +in any manner on the priority of the press, we shall now seek to +unravel.</p> +<p>When referring to this question of early typography<a class= +"noteref" id="xd20e1282src" href="#xd20e1282" name="xd20e1282src">7</a> +Retana declares that there are only two authors that treat of the +introduction of the press into the Philippines,—one the history +of his province (of the Holy Rosary), which with the Philippines +embraced also China and Japan, by the Dominican traveler and +missionary, Father Diego Aduarte, whose work, published at Manila, in +1640, is the second title in our <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>, bearing +the name of that city as place of imprint, and the only old-time +authority (in print) treating of ancient Malaysian typography.</p> +<p>The other is a history (published a few years ago) entitled <i lang= +"es">La Orden de Predicadores</i>, of the Dominicans (Madrid, 1884), by +a member of that brotherhood, Father Martínez-Vigil, at one time +resident at Manila, where he held a chair in the university of that +city, and now (1900) bishop of Oviedo in Spain.</p> +<p>We shall, therefore, summon these two witnesses in the question in +point of primeval Philippina.</p> +<p>Aduarte’s reference to early typography<a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1300src" href="#xd20e1300" name="xd20e1300src">8</a> contains +substantially the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb35" href="#pb35" +name="pb35">35</a>]</span>following statements: that living with the +Fathers of his Order (at Binondo) was a Christian Chinese, named Juan +de Vera, a most worthy man, printer by trade, who had learned his art +at home, and “the first printer” in the Philippines; that +moreover he was employed by Father Blancas in getting out divers +hand-books of devotion for the Indians, as well as for the missionaries +themselves; and that as the said Juan was a good worker, always busy at +his trade, he printed very many books, among them a <i>Memorial of the +Christian life</i>; book on the <i lang= +"es">postrimerias</i>—that is, the Four Great Last +Truths—Death, Judgment, Heaven, Hell; <i>Preparation for +Communion</i>; <i>Confession-Book</i>; the <i>Mysteries of the +Rosary</i>; an <i lang="es">Arte</i> for the Tagals, or Aid to learn +Spanish, and the like. Such are the titles of some of the books printed +at Binondo by Juan de Vera.</p> +<p>Commenting on the above statements of Aduarte, our bibliographer, +however, makes this very sensible observation,—the omission, +namely, of any positive information on two points of utmost importance +to the antiquary and historian,—at what time, that is, was de +Vera’s press set up in the Philippines; and whence was it brought +to those islands? Anent the first press it is noteworthy (according to +the unanimous opinion of critics) that it certainly was not carried +thither from Spain, though maybe sent over from Mexico, where printing +was established in the early years of the sixteenth century, Retana, +however, maintaining as likelier that the first printing-outfit +introduced into the Philippines was brought thither from Japan, where +(as we otherwise know) a book, the <i lang="es">Sanctos no +Gosagueo</i>, or Compendium of the Lives of the Saints, was printed at +the Jesuit College at Katsusa, in 1591. In the same kingdom I find +printed (at another Jesuit College) at “Nangasaki,” in +1603, the <i lang="es">Vocabulario de Japón</i>, Japanese +ancestor of the old Bugarín dictionary elsewhere referred to (in +this paper) as having been published at Manila in 1630.<a class= +"noteref" id="xd20e1335src" href="#xd20e1335" name="xd20e1335src">9</a> +In Japan,—the fact is worth noting,—ten different works +were printed in Roman characters prior to the year 1599.</p> +<p>But let us return to Luzon. If Aduarte is right in his assertion +that Juan de Vera was “the first printer in the +Philippines,” then the press was at work prior to the year 1610, +and the Tagal <i lang="es">Arte</i> (just described) is not the +forerunner of Philippine imprints. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb36" +href="#pb36" name="pb36">36</a>]</span></p> +<p>So much for one of Retana’s oracles. Now pass we on to +consider the second and only other writer that, with original sources +at hand, has treated of this bibliographical problem, Father +Martínez-Vigil, who, in the story of his order (named ahead) +mentions this fact, that when resident at Manila he was shown a very +rich codex—a MS.—of over six hundred folios, on Chinese +paper, in perfect condition, for many reasons (all duly set forth) of +unassailable authenticity, and albeit (he remarks) somewhat hard to +decipher, except to a palæontologist, yet written with marvelous +clearness and neatness of penmanship. In this MS., which (the Father +says) was written during the years 1609–1610, besides an account +of all notable occurrences in the islands from 1581 to 1606, with which +latter year the story ends, four years earlier, you should observe, +than Pinpin’s <i lang="es">Arte</i> of 1610, are also to be read +these words: “<span lang="es">Los que primero imprimieron fueron +del órden de San Agustín el P. Fr. Juan de Villanueva, +algunos tratadillos; mas del órden de Sto. Domingo el P. Fr. +Francisco de San Joseph cosas mayores y de mas tomo el primero que +escribió en lengua araya fué de la +Compañia.</span>”</p> +<p>Whereof, the meaning substantially is, that “the first +printers (in the Philippines) were of the Order of St. Augustine, among +them Father Juan de Villanueva, publisher of some small +treatises—<i lang="es">tratadillos</i>; then others of the Order +of St. Dominic, of whom Father Francisco de San Joseph printed works of +larger bulk, and was the first of his brethren to write in <i>araya</i> +(Tagal?).”</p> +<p>Here then, in these quotations from two Dominican +monuments—Aduarte’s history and the MS. (quoted by +Martínez-Vigil), the latter ending with events of the year +1606—you have all that antiquity tells of the introduction of the +printing-press into the Philippines.</p> +<p>To the assertion (in the MS.), relative to the Augustinian press, +may be appended an item or so in regard to the art-establishment of +that order at Lubao, in Pampanga province in Luzon, which I have picked +up from one of their chroniclers, Gaspar de San Agustín, a Tagal +and Visaya linguist, who died, some say at Tondo, others at Manila, in +1724, after nearly fifty years’ mission-service in the islands. +In his history (Madrid, 1698), are the following words in reference to +Lubao convent: “<span lang="es">Se han celebrado en este Convento +algunos Capitulos intermedios y mucho tiempo huvo Estudios menores de +Gramatica y Retorica; y teniamos tambien en él una muy buena +Imprenta, traida <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb37" href="#pb37" name= +"pb37">37</a>]</span>del Japón, en que se imprimian muchos +libros, assi en la lengua Española como Pampanga y +Tagala.</span>”<a class="noteref" id="xd20e1377src" href= +"#xd20e1377" name="xd20e1377src">10</a></p> +<p>In brief, that is, Father Gaspar says that “in Lubao convent, +where the order maintained a school of grammar and rhetoric, there was +a press (brought from Japan), whereon many books were printed in +Spanish, Pampanga, and Tagal.” May we not, then, be justified in +surmising that this Lubao press was the one referred to in the MS. +adduced by Martínez-Vigil, that attributes to Augustinians the +introduction of typography into the Philippines? And, moreover, since +the said ancient MS. ends with the year 1606, that this Lubao press was +at work at a still earlier date?</p> +<p>But, enough. With no originals at hand, we feel disinclined to +pursue this topic further as to the priority of printing in the +islands, nor do we care to press the question, whether, namely, the +first book of Philippine manufacture was Bugarín’s +dictionary of 1630, Blancas’ <i lang="es">Arte</i> of 1610, or +the Lubao <i lang="es">tratadillos</i> of 1606.</p> +<p>In our own colonies (we may observe) printing was introduced, first +at Cambridge in Massachusetts, in 1638; while in Pennsylvania the first +book printed—an almanac—by William Bradford, of +Philadelphia, is dated 1685, a full half century later, that is, than +the introduction of this “art preservative of arts” into +Malaysia. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb39" href="#pb39" name= +"pb39">39</a>]</span></p> +</div> +<div class="footnotes"> +<hr class="fnsep"> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1171" href="#xd20e1171src" name="xd20e1171">1</a></span> +Zúñiga <i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, ii, 101.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1199" href="#xd20e1199src" name="xd20e1199">2</a></span> +Provinces of the other friars in Malaysia (including the Philippines) +are entitled as follows: Augustinians—Most Holy Name of Jesus; +Franciscans—St. Gregory the Great; Hospitallers—St. Raphael +Archangel; Recoletos—St. Nicholas of Tolentino.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1205" href="#xd20e1205src" name="xd20e1205">3</a></span> +Zúñiga <i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, Appendice B, ii, *103, +*104, and *115.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1248" href="#xd20e1248src" name="xd20e1248">4</a></span> Thus +Retana, ii, *103 (as above).</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1262" href="#xd20e1262src" name="xd20e1262">5</a></span> +Zúñiga <i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, ii, *350.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1268" href="#xd20e1268src" name="xd20e1268">6</a></span> +<i>Id.</i>, ii, *104–*105.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1282" href="#xd20e1282src" name="xd20e1282">7</a></span> +<i>Id.</i>, ii, *95–*100.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1300" href="#xd20e1300src" name="xd20e1300">8</a></span> For the +original in full (too long to quote here) see Retana in <i lang= +"es">Estadismo</i> (as above), ii, *95–*98, where it covers +nearly three pages.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1335" href="#xd20e1335src" name="xd20e1335">9</a></span> <i>The +Jesuit Mission Press in Japan. 1591–1610. By Ernest Mason +Satow.</i> [<i>Privately printed.</i>] <i>1888</i>, where you will find +reproduced in photographic fac-simile the title-page of the above-named +books.</p> +<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" id= +"xd20e1377" href="#xd20e1377src" name="xd20e1377">10</a></span> +Zúñiga, <i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, ii, +*111–*112.</p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="back"> +<div id="index" class="div1 index"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 id="xd20e1398" class="main">Index</h2> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">A</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Aborigines of Philippines, their rites, etc., +<a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Abridgment of Christian Doctrine of Pouguet and Fleuri, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> History of Spain, at Tambóbong, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Abucay, capital of province of Bataan, <a href="#pb34" class= +"pageref">34</a></p> +<p>Acolti, Vincenzo, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a></p> +<p>Acosta, Christóbal, Treatise on Drugs and Medicines used in +East Indies, by, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> various +editions of his Treatise on Drugs, <a href="#pb26" class= +"pageref">26</a></p> +<p>Acosta’s Botany, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a></p> +<p>Adanes, difficulty of conversion of, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Aduarte, Diego, Dominican missionary, <a href="#pb34" class= +"pageref">34</a> on early Philippine typography, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a> Retana on statements of, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Aeta dialect or language: a parent tongue, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a>, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> antiquity of, +<a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> comparative study of, <a href= +"#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> Dictionary by Meyer, A. B., <a href= +"#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> first vocabulary in, <a href="#pb22" +class="pageref">22</a> meaning of the word <i>bahaque</i> in, <a href= +"#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> mother tongue in the Philippines, +<a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> Report on the Philippine Islands, +in, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> traced to Malay, <a href= +"#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> used in Negros, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a> various forms of spelling the word, <a href="#pb21" +class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Aetas of Negros described, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a></p> +<p>Agta, a form of word Aeta, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Aita, a form of word Aeta, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Albuquerque, Agustín de, Augustinian missionary, <a href= +"#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> earliest Tagal <i lang="es">Arte</i> by, +<a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> fourth Superior in the +Philippines, <a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a></p> +<p>Almanac printed at Sampaloc, 1838, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> the first in Manila, 1834, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a></p> +<p>American colonies, when printing first introduced in, <a href= +"#pb37" class="pageref">37</a></p> +<p><i>American Soldier</i>, first periodical in English, in Manila, +<a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Amezquita, Luis de, Augustinian missionary, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a>, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Tagal +Catechism by, <a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a>, <a href="#pb29" +class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i>Anay</i>, a book-destroying ant described, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a></p> +<p>Annals of religious brotherhoods in the East, <a href="#pb14" class= +"pageref">14</a></p> +<p>Ant, <i>see</i> Anay</p> +<p>Apayaos, difficulty of conversion of, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Apostolado de la Prensa</i>, quoted, <a href="#pb23" +class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Aquino, Manuel Romero, author of <i lang="es">Romancero +Filipino</i>, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Araya dialect, query same as Tagal, <a href="#pb36" class= +"pageref">36</a></p> +<p>Archipelago del Sur, history of, by Combés, <a href="#pb9" +class="pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Arellano, archdeacon of cathedral chapter of Manila, <a href="#pb33" +class="pageref">33</a></p> +<p>Argao, Pérez Mateo, Augustinian cure of, <a href="#pb29" +class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Ariñez, Agustín María de, Capuchin, <a href= +"#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> Hispano-Kanaka Dictionary by, <a href= +"#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Arrué, Alejandro, pastoral letter by, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> Recoleto bishop, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Arte</i> by Bergaño, Diego, in Pampanga dialect, +1736, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a>, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> by Figuerroa, Antonio, described, <a href="#pb18" +class="pageref">18</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb40" href="#pb40" +name="pb40">40</a>]</span>by Mentrida, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> by Pellicer, Mariano, in Caboalan dialect, <a href= +"#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> by Pellicer, Mariano, in +Pangasinán dialect, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> +earliest Tagal, 1580, described, <a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> +equivalent to “aids to learning”, <a href="#pb17" class= +"pageref">17</a> for the Tagals printed at Binondo, <a href="#pb35" +class="pageref">35</a> in Tagal, by Totanes, described, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a> M.S. account of <i lang="es">tratadillos</i>, in +1606, before Pinpin’s, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a>, +<a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> of Blancas in 1610, <a href= +"#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> not earliest Philippine imprint, +<a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a> recast by Pellicer in 1840, +<a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Arte y Reglas de la Lengua Tagala</i> described, +<a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> Retana infers Pinpin to have +been printer of, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> Retana quotes +this as earliest Philippine imprint, <a href="#pb32" class= +"pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Ascension Island, various names of, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Asia, mainland of, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Ata, a form of word Aeta, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Ataa, a form of word Aeta, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Augustine, Saint, <i>see</i> Saint Augustine</p> +<p>Augustinian: Amezquita, Luis de, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Bergaño, Diego, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a>, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> López, +Francisco, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Mercado, Ignacio, the +botanist, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> San Agustín, +Gaspar de, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Villanueva, Juan de, +<a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> Zúñiga, +Joaquín Martínez de, <i>see</i> Zúñiga +antiquary, Rodriguez, Fabiáno, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> chronicler, Grijalva, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a> experts revised Tagal Dictionary, <a href="#pb19" +class="pageref">19</a> missionary, Albuquerque, Agustín de, +<a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> Amezquita, Luis de, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Diez, Esteban, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> missionary, Martín, Julián, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> Ortiz, Tomás, <a href="#pb13" +class="pageref">13</a> Pérez, Mateo, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> order of Friars, <a href="#pb4" class="pageref">4</a> +scholar, Carro, Andrés, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> +Encarnación, Juan, Félix de la, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a> Méntrida, Alonso de, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a> traveler, Gonzalez de Mendoza, <a href="#pb25" class= +"pageref">25</a> writer, Blanco, Manuel, <a href="#pb4" class= +"pageref">4</a>, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Carillo, +Manuel, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Augustinians, colonial museum at Valladolid of, <a href="#pb13" +class="pageref">13</a> founded shrine of Guadalupe 1601, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> furnished first Philippine printers, +<a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> held old <i lang= +"es">hacienda</i> at Mandaloya, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> +in charge of orphan-press of Malabón, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> managed Malabón Orphanage, <a href="#pb30" +class="pageref">30</a> Mandaloya Orphanage, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> one hundred and forty-one included in Retana’s +catalogue, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> Province of Most Holy +Name of Jesus, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> settled in +Philippines 1565, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Authorities on Philippine dialects, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb16" class="pageref">16</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Ave Maria</i> in various dialects described, <a href= +"#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Avila, Lafuente, Casimiro, member of brotherhood at, <a href="#pb12" +class="pageref">12</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">B</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Bacolor, printing-press established, 1619, at, +<a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a></p> +<p>Bagobo dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p><i>Bahaque</i>, likely is Aeta, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> meaning of word doubtful, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a></p> +<p>Bancroft, Hubert, indebted to annals of religious brotherhoods for +his material, <a href="#pb15" class="pageref">15</a></p> +<p>Baranda, Isidro Sainz de, government inspector of mines, <a href= +"#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb41" +href="#pb41" name="pb41">41</a>]</span></p> +<p>Baranda, Isidro Sainz de, on geology of the Philippines, <a href= +"#pb11" class="pageref">11</a></p> +<p>Barbara, Santa, <i>see</i> Santa Barbara</p> +<p>Barcelona, books published at, <i>see</i> Books oldest piece of +Philippine literature printed at, <a href="#pb25" class= +"pageref">25</a> plates of <i>Flora</i> lithographed at, <a href="#pb4" +class="pageref">4</a></p> +<p>Bataan, books published at, <i>see</i> Books Retana upon, <a href= +"#pb34" class="pageref">34</a></p> +<p>Batan, original spelling of Bataan, <a href="#pb34" class= +"pageref">34</a> <i>see</i> Bataan</p> +<p>Batanes dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> +<i lang="es">Ave Maria</i> in, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> +Catechism of Christian Doctrine in, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> used in Isle of Batanes, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a> islets north of Luzon, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Batangas, by Sastrón, Manuel, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Bergaño, Diego, <i lang="es">Arte</i> by, <a href="#pb28" +class="pageref">28</a> <i lang="es">Arte</i> in Pampanga dialect by, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Augustinian, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a>, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> +Dictionary of Pampanga dialect by, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Biblioteca</i> by Retana, enumerates 1142 authors, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> first nineteen books enumerated +were printed abroad, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a> +Ortiz’ <i lang="es">Práctica</i> omitted in, <a href= +"#pb13" class="pageref">13</a> quoted, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a>, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a>, <a href="#pb16" +class="pageref">16</a>, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a>, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a>, <a href="#pb25" class= +"pageref">25</a>, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a>, <a href= +"#pb32" class="pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Bícol dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a> hand-book of devotions in, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> Life of Saint Monica in, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Bien-Venida</i>, by Camisón, Fructuoso Arias, +<a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Bilaan dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> +first vocabulary in, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Bilao, described by Zúñiga, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Binondo, <i lang="es">Arte</i> of Visaya idiom used in, described, +<a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> books published at, <i>see</i> +Books early Philippine books printed by Juan de Vera, <a href="#pb35" +class="pageref">35</a> fifth printing-press in Philippines at, <a href= +"#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> Retana authority for a work printed by +Pinpin at, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> Ruiz, Miguel, an +official of, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> <i>see</i> +Binondoc</p> +<p>Binondoc, old form of Binondo, <a href="#pb33" class= +"pageref">33</a> <i>see</i> Binondo</p> +<p>Bisaya dialect or language: Abridgment of Christian Doctrine in, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> best works for the study of, +described, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> first dialect in the +Philippines, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> generic name, +<a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Bisaya-Montés dialect or language, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Blancas de San José, Francisco, <i lang="es">Arte</i> of +1610, <a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> assisted by Vera, Juan de, +<a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> Dominican, <a href="#pb32" +class="pageref">32</a>, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> his +<i lang="es">Arte</i> described, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> +not earliest Philippine imprint, <a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a> +Tagal language written by, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a></p> +<p>Blanco, Manuel, Augustinian writer, <a href="#pb4" class= +"pageref">4</a>, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> author of +<i>Flora</i>, <a href="#pb4" class="pageref">4</a>, <a href="#pb10" +class="pageref">10</a> translator into Tagal of Tissot’s work on +medicine, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Blood-bargain, rite of, described, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Blumentritt, Fernando, on identity of Polynesians, <a href="#pb7" +class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Bohol the scene of Legazpi’s blood-bargain, <a href="#pb27" +class="pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Bonabe, a dialect of Yap, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Bongsol, described by Zúñiga, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Bonibet, a dialect of Yap, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Books published at: Barcelona, Legazpi’s Expedition, 1566, +<a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a> Bataan, <i lang="es">Arte y +Reglas de la Lengua Tagala</i>, 1610, <a href="#pb32" class= +"pageref">32</a> Binondo, <i lang="es">Arte</i> for the Tagals, +<a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> <i lang="es">Arte</i> of the +Visaya idiom, 1872, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> Clemente, +José Patricio, Moral Lectures, 1872, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> <i>Confession-Book</i>, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb42" href="#pb42" name= +"pb42">42</a>]</span><i>Memorial of the Christian Life</i>, <a href= +"#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> <i>Mysteries of the Rosary</i>, <a href= +"#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> <i lang="es">Postrimerias</i>, <a href= +"#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> <i>Preparation for Communion</i>, +<a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> re-issue of school book of San +Jerónimo, Tomás de, 1876, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a> statistical reports of Franciscan Missionaries, 1865, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> work by Pinpin, 1623, <a href= +"#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> Burgos, Treatise on Drugs and Medicines, +1578, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> Cavite, Church calendar, +1815, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> <i lang="es">Gobierno +Dictatorial de Filipinas</i>, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> +Cebú, <i lang="es">Ensayo ... Asturianos</i>, 1888–1893, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> statistical report on crime, +1892, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Costa Rica, San +José de, Nahuatlisms, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> +Dresden, Aeta dialect, vocabulary of, 1893, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a> Guadalupe, Abridgment of Christian Doctrine, 1886, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Novena to St. Thomas of +Villanova, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Tagal Catechism, +1890, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Tagal Refrains, by Martin +and Cuadrado, 1890, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Iloilo, +pastoral letter of Arrué, 1885, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> Imus, Proclamation in Tagal, 1896, <a href="#pb31" +class="pageref">31</a> London, <i lang="es">Estadismo</i> +(translation), 1814, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> Madrid, +<i lang="es">Catalogo</i>, by Panduro, 1800–1805, <a href="#pb7" +class="pageref">7</a> Discourses, on, Aromatic Things, 1572, <a href= +"#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> Encyclopedia of Buzeta and Bravo, 1851, +<a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a> Geology of the Philippines, +1840?, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> Historical Geography of +Philippines, 1752, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> History of +Marianas, 1875, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> History of +Philippines, 1698, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> History of +tribes in Luzon, 1756, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Ladrones, +History of, 1670?, <a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> <i lang= +"es">Lavor Evangelica</i>, 1663, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> +Map of Luzon, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> Mindanao, History +of, 1667, <a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> Moluccas, Conquest of +the, 1609, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> <i lang="es">Orden de +Predicadores, La</i>, 1884, <a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a> +Retana’s <i lang="es">de Aniterias</i>, 1894, <a href="#pb12" +class="pageref">12</a> Zúñiga’s <i lang= +"es">Estadismo</i>, 1893, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> +Malabón, <i lang="es">Bien-Venida,</i> 1895, <a href="#pb30" +class="pageref">30</a> Malabóng, Description of Batangas, 1895, +<a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a> Mandaloya, <i lang= +"es">República Filipina, La</i>, 1898, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> Manila, Almanac and Guide-book with Map of +Archipelago, 1834, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a> <i>American +Soldier</i>, first periodical in English, 1898, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a> <i lang="es">Arte</i> in Pampanga dialect, 1729, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> <i lang="es">Arte</i> of +Pellicer, Mariano, 1690, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> +<i lang="es">Arte</i> of Pellicer, Mariano, 1862, <a href="#pb21" +class="pageref">21</a> Book of Devotions in Chamorro idiom, 1887, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> Catechism in Batanes dialect, +1834, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Catechism in Gaddan idiom, +1833, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> <i lang= +"es">Catecismo</i>, by López, 1877, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> Christian Doctrine in Cuyona dialect, 1871, <a href= +"#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> <i lang="es">Cosmopolita, El</i>, first +periodical with phototypes, 1895–1896, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb43" href="#pb43" name= +"pb43">43</a>]</span><i lang="es">Devocion Tagalog</i>, 1610, <a href= +"#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> <i lang="es">Diccionario</i>, 1613, +<a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> Dictionary, by Méntrida, +1637, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> Dictionary, by +Méntrida, 1841, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> +Dictionary by Méntrida, enlarged, 1842, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a> Dictionary in Ilocano dialect, 1849, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a> Dictionary in Ilocano dialect, 1888, <a href= +"#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Dictionary of Ibanag dialect, 1854, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Dictionary of Ibanag dialect, +1867, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> Dictionary of Pampanga +dialect, 1732, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Dictionary of +Pampanga dialect, 1860, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> <i lang= +"es">Embriologia Sagrada</i>, 1856, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a> Essay on Tagal grammar, 1878, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> <i lang="es">Estado general</i>, 1886, <a href="#pb11" +class="pageref">11</a> Fauna of the Philippines, 1895–1896, +<a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> <i lang="es">Flora de +Filipinas</i>, 1837, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> <i lang= +"es">Flora de Filipinas</i>, 1845, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a> <i lang="es">Flora de Filipinas</i>, 1877–1883, +<a href="#pb4" class="pageref">4</a>, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a> Grammar in dialect of Guap, 1888, <a href="#pb22" +class="pageref">22</a> Grammar in dialect of Yap, 1888, <a href="#pb22" +class="pageref">22</a> History of Province of the Holy Rosary, 1640, +<a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a> History of Religious Missions, +1749, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> <i lang="es">Hogar, +El</i>, first women’s paper, 1892, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a> <i lang="es">Ilocano, El</i>, first periodical in +Indian dialect, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a> Manual, for, +Physicians, 1877, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> Noceda’s +Tagal Dictionary, 1860, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> Pathway +to Heaven, 1873, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> Plan of +Religion, 1886, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> <i lang= +"es">Práctica</i>, 1731, <a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a> +Report on Philippines, by Chirino, 1890, <a href="#pb26" class= +"pageref">26</a> <i lang="es">Revista de Filipinas</i>, scientific +paper, 1875, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a> <i lang= +"es">Romancero Filipino</i>, 1892, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a> San Agustin’s Treatise on Tagal Poetry, 1879, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> <i lang="es">Superior Gobierno, +Del</i>, first newspaper, 1811, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a> +Tagal <i lang="es">Arte</i>, 1637, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Tagal Catechism, 1666, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Tagal Catechism, 1880, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Tagal Dictionary, 1754, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Tagal Dictionary, 1860, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Tagal Grammar for Children, 1886, <a href="#pb19" +class="pageref">19</a> <i lang="es">Thé Kon Leche</i>, 1898, +<a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a> Visaya—Spanish, +Dictionary, by Encarnación, 1851–1852, <a href="#pb18" +class="pageref">18</a> Visaya—Spanish, Dictionary, by +Encarnación, 1866, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> +Visaya—Spanish, Dictionary, by Encarnación, 1885, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> Maynila, Manual of Saint Roch, 1820, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> <i lang="es">Revista +Católica</i>, 1890, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> +<i lang="es">Revista Católica</i> in Tagal, 1896, <a href= +"#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> Mexico, Critical Treatise on Tagalisms, +1742, <a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> Triumph of Spanish Arms in +Philippines, 1609, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> Naga, +Hand-book of Devotions, 1893, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a> +Life of St. Monica and St. Augustine, 1895, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> Pampanga, <i lang="es">Arte</i> by Bergaño, +Diego, 1736, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb44" href="#pb44" name="pb44">44</a>]</span>Paris, +Report on Philippine Islands in Aeta, 1885, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a> Rome, Report on Philippines, by Chirino, 1604, +<a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> Sampaloc, Almanac, 1838, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> <i lang="es">Arte</i> in +Pampanga dialect, 1736, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> <i lang= +"es">Estadismo de las Filipinas</i>, 1803, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a> History of the Philippines, 1788–1792, <a href= +"#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> <i lang="es">Razon, La</i>, 1737, +<a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a> Tagal <i lang="es">Arte</i>, +1745, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Treatise on Tagal Poetry, +1787, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> San José de Costa +Rica, Nahuatlisms, 1892 <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> Seville, +Report of Guzman de Tello, Francisco, 1598, <a href="#pb26" class= +"pageref">26</a> Tambóbong, <i lang="es">Revista +Católica</i>, 1889–1896, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> Spain, Abridgment of History of, 1897, <a href="#pb29" +class="pageref">29</a> Tayabas, Tagal Dictionary, 1703, <a href="#pb6" +class="pageref">6</a>, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> +Valladolid, Tagal Dictionary, 1836, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Vigan newspaper in Ilocano, 1883–1884, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Bornabi, a dialect of Yap, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Borneo, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Bornese Malay, how far civilized, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a></p> +<p>Bradford, William, introduced printing into Pennsylvania, 1685, +<a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a></p> +<p>Bravo, Felipe, writes encyclopedia, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Bugarín, José, Dictionary in Ibanag dialect, 1854 +edition, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Dictionary of 1630, +<a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> Dictionary of 1630 not earliest +imprint, <a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a> Dominican linguist, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> manuscripts of his dictionary, +<a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Bulletin, delay in publishing, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a></p> +<p>Burgos, books published at, <i>see</i> Books</p> +<p>Bush Town, meaning of Manila, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Buzeta, Manuel, on the blood-bargain by Legazpi, <a href="#pb27" +class="pageref">27</a> quoted as to Aeta, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a> quoted as to heathen rites, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a> writes Encyclopedia, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">C</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Caboalan dialect, <i lang="es">Arte</i> by +Pellicer, Mariano, in, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Cagayan dialect, otherwise Ibanag, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> tobacco, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Calamiano, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Calderón, Felipe, La Corte y Ruano, history of the Marianas, +<a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Camarines now known as Naga, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> +<i>see</i> Naga <i>see</i> Nueva Caceres</p> +<p>Cambridge, Mass., printing introduced, 1638, <a href="#pb37" class= +"pageref">37</a></p> +<p>Camisón, Fructuoso Arias, <i lang="es">Bien-Venida</i>, by, +<a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Capuchin, Ariñez, Agustín María de, <a href= +"#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> missionary, Valencia, Ambrosio de, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Carillo, Manuel, Augustinian writer, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a> history of tribes in Luzon, by, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Caroline Islands, aided from Manila, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a> <i><span class="corr" id="xd20e2907" title= +"Source: Encyl.">Encycl.</span> Brit.</i> quoted on, <a href="#pb6" +class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Carolines, Eastern, dialects used in the, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Carro, Andrés, Augustinian scholar, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> Dictionary in Ilocano dialect, by, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Catalogo</i> by Lorenzo Hervás y Panduro, +<a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Catechism, in Batanes, of Christian Doctrine, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> in Gaddan idiom, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a> in Tagal, by Amezquita, Luis de, <a href="#pb29" +class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Catecismo</i>, in Ilocano, by López, Francisco, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Caucasians and Satanism, <a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Cavite, books published at, <i>see</i> Books <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb45" href="#pb45" name="pb45">45</a>]</span></p> +<p>Cavite, fourth printing-press in Philippines at, <a href="#pb28" +class="pageref">28</a> suburb of Manila, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Cebú, books published at, <i>see</i> Books Cebuano dialect +used in, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> dialects compared with +those of Panay, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> early printing +at, described, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> first Christian +Church in Malaysia founded at, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> +first civilized by Legazpi, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> +Legazpi’s Expedition from Mexico to, 1565, <a href="#pb25" class= +"pageref">25</a> ninth printing-press in Philippines at, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> San Jerónimo, Tomás de, +known as the Cicero of, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Cebuano dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Central America, original language used in, 1, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Central Americans, kin with Philippinians, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Chamorro dialect used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> idiom of the Marianas Islands, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a> only one book in this idiom, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Charm-Book, in Pangasinán, described, <a href="#pb12" class= +"pageref">12</a></p> +<p>China, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> popularity of Gonzalez +de Mendoza’s History of, <a href="#pb25" class= +"pageref">25</a></p> +<p>Chinese language used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> typographical symbols first shown to Europeans, +<a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a></p> +<p>Chirino, Pedro, a Jesuit writer and scholar, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a>, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> first published +work giving Philippine characters, <a href="#pb26" class= +"pageref">26</a> treats on race and language identity of Philippine +people, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>“Christian Doctrine,” by San Jerónimo, +Tomás de, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> explanation of, +in Cuyona dialect, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Christianity established in Marianas, <a href="#pb9" class= +"pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Church Calendar for 1816 printed at Cavite, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Cicero of Cebú, San Jerónimo, Tomás de, known +as, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Class-books in the Philippines, <a href="#pb17" class= +"pageref">17</a></p> +<p>Clemente, José Patricio, Moral Lectures for youth, <a href= +"#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Colección</i>, Tagal refrains, described, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Colin, Francisco, author of <i lang="es">Lavor Evangelica</i>, +<a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> Jesuit Provincial Superior, and +writer, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Combés, Francisco, history of Mindanao, Jolo, etc., by, +<a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> Jesuit writer, <a href="#pb9" +class="pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Compendium of Lives of the Saints, <i>see <span lang="es">Sanctos no +Gosagueo</span></i></p> +<p>Concepción, Juan de la, History of Philippines by, <a href= +"#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Recoleto missionary, <a href="#pb10" +class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p><i>Confession-Book</i>, <a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Confucians and Saint Nicholas of Tolentine, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Conquista</i> of Philippine Islands by San Agustin, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Conquistadores</i>, <a href="#pb15" class= +"pageref">15</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Conquistas</i> in the East, <a href="#pb14" class= +"pageref">14</a></p> +<p>Conversion of Saint Paul the Apostle, name of first Christian Church +in Manila, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Cook, Captain, familiar with Philippine dialects, <a href="#pb6" +class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Copia</i>, oldest piece of Philippine literature +described, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Cosmopolita, El</i>, first periodical published in the +islands, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Costa Rica, Nahuatlisms of, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> +San José de, books published at, <i>see</i> Books</p> +<p>Crime, statistical report on, 1892, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Critical Treatise on Tagalisms, described, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Cronaca del Orden</i> quoted, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Cuadrado, Mariano Martínez, Franciscan linguist, <a href= +"#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Cuartero, Mariano, Dominican bishop at Jaro in Island of Panay, +<a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb46" href="#pb46" name="pb46">46</a>]</span></p> +<p>Curios, Literary, among Philippina, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Cuyono dialect, description of two works in, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a> dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">D</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">D’almonte y Muriel, Enrique, map of Luzon by, +<a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a></p> +<p>De Sanvitores, <i>see</i> Sanvitores</p> +<p><i lang="es">Devocion Tagalog</i>, from press of Pinpin, +<span class="corr" id="xd20e3267" title= +"Source: Tómas">Tomás</span>, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a></p> +<p>Devotions, Handbook of, 1893, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Diccionario</i>, by Mentrida, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> from press of Pinpin, Tomás, <a href="#pb31" +class="pageref">31</a></p> +<p>Diez, Esteban, Augustinian missionary, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Devotions to St. Roch in Tagal, by, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> skilled Tagalist, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Discourses on Aromatic Things, by Fragoso, <a href="#pb26" class= +"pageref">26</a></p> +<p>Dominican: Blancas de San José, Francisco, <a href="#pb32" +class="pageref">32</a> Francisco de S. Joseph, otherwise, known, as +Blancas, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a>, <a href="#pb36" class= +"pageref">36</a> Martínez-Vigil, Father, <a href="#pb34" class= +"pageref">34</a> Payo, Pedro, Archbishop of Manila, <a href="#pb11" +class="pageref">11</a> Pellicer, Mariano, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a> Salazar, Domingo, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a> Bishop, Cuartero, Marino, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a> linguist, Bugarín, José, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a> manuscripts on Ibanag dialect, <a href="#pb21" +class="pageref">21</a> missionary, Aduarte, Diego, <a href="#pb34" +class="pageref">34</a> author of Catechism in Gaddan idiom, <a href= +"#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> author, of, Pathway, to Heaven in Gaddan +idiom, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> Lafuente, Casimiro, +<a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a> wrote only work in Batanes +dialect, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> zoologist, Elera, Casto +de, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Dominicans furnished early printers, <a href="#pb36" class= +"pageref">36</a> one hundred in Retana’s Catalogue, <a href= +"#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Dominicans settled in Philippines in 1581, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a> worked in islets north of Luzon, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Dresden, books published at, <i>see</i> Books</p> +<p>Duendes, described by Zúñiga, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">E</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Easter Island, language used in, <a href="#pb7" +class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Ecclesiastics, four hundred and sixty-six in Retana’s +Catalogue, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Eco de Vigan, El</i>, Sunday newspaper started at Lalo, +called, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Egongot dialect or language, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Elera, Casto de, <i>Fauna</i> of Philippines, by, <a href="#pb10" +class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Embriologia Sagrada</i>, by Sanz Gregorio, described, +<a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a></p> +<p>Encarnación, Juan Félix de la, Augustinian scholar, +<a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> Visaya—Spanish Dictionary +by, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p><i>Encyclopædia Britannica</i>, Article quoted, <a href="#pb6" +class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Encyclopedia of Buzeta and Bravo described, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Ensayo para una Galería de Asturianos +ilustres</i>, by Rodríguez, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, as to origin of name of Marianas, +<a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> by Zúñiga quoted, +<a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a>, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a>, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a>, <a href= +"#pb31" class="pageref">31</a>, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a>, +<a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a>, <a href="#pb34" class= +"pageref">34</a>, <a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> compared with +Thwaites’ Relations of Jesuits in North America, <a href="#pb15" +class="pageref">15</a> <i lang="es">de las Filipinas o mis viajes</i>, +described, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Estado General</i>, by Payo, described, <a href="#pb11" +class="pageref">11</a> Malabón, quoted, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Estremadura, Governor Sande founds Nueva Caceres in memory of, +<a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Ezquerra, Domingo, first grammar in Leite language by, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> Jesuit missionary, <a href="#pb18" +class="pageref">18</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb47" href="#pb47" +name="pb47">47</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">F</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Fauna of Philippines by Castro de Elera, <a href= +"#pb10" class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Ferraz, Juan Fernández, Nahuatlisms of Costa Rica, <a href= +"#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Figuerroa, Antonio, Franciscan <span class="corr" id="xd20e3534" +title="Source: traveller">traveler</span>, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Filipinas, Flora de</i>, described, <a href="#pb4" +class="pageref">4</a> <i>see</i> Philippines</p> +<p>Finding Lists of The Free Library, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a></p> +<p>Fireside, The, <i>see <span lang="es">Hogar, El</span></i></p> +<p>Fleuri, Claudio, Abridgment, of Christian Doctrine by, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Flora de Filipinas</i>, described, <a href="#pb4" +class="pageref">4</a> in Free Library, <a href="#pb4" class= +"pageref">4</a> monumental work, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Folk-lore in Philippines, <a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a></p> +<p>Four Great Last Truths, <i>see Postrimerias</i>, <a href="#pb35" +class="pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Fragoso, Juan, Discourses on Aromatic Things, by, <a href="#pb25" +class="pageref">25</a>, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></p> +<p>Franciscan antiquarian, Huerta, Félix de, <a href="#pb31" +class="pageref">31</a> chronicler, Ribadeneyra, Marcelo de, <a href= +"#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> Convent of Our Lady of Loreto, <a href= +"#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> linguist, Cuadrado, Mariano +Martínez, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Martín +Gregorio, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Oyanguren, Melchior, +<a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> missionary, Totanes, +Sebastián de, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a>, <a href= +"#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> <span class="corr" id="xd20e3629" title= +"Source: traveller">traveler</span>, Figuerroa, Antonio, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Franciscans, fifty-six in Retana’s Catalogue, <a href="#pb23" +class="pageref">23</a> Province of St. Gregory the Great, <a href= +"#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> settled in Philippines in 1577, <a href= +"#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Francisco de S. Joseph, <i>see</i> Blancas, <a href="#pb32" class= +"pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Free Library of Philadelphia, The, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a> its Finding Lists, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a></p> +<p>Friars civilized the Philippines, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Friendly Islands, language used in, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Funopet, a dialect of Yap, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">G</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Gaddan dialect or language <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a> only two books in, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Geology of Philippines by Baranda, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a></p> +<p>Gibert de Santa Eulalia, <i>see</i> Santa Eulalia</p> +<p>Goa, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Gobierno Dictatorial de Filipinas</i>, last imprint of +Cavite entitled, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Gómez de la Serna, Madam Amparo, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Gonzalez de Mendoza, Juan, Augustinian <span class="corr" id= +"xd20e3717" title="Source: traveller">traveler</span>, <a href="#pb25" +class="pageref">25</a> popularity of History of China by, <a href= +"#pb25" class="pageref">25</a></p> +<p>Grijalva, Augustinian chronicler, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Guadalupe, books published at, <i>see</i> Books description of +village of, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> eighth +printing-press in Philippines at, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> works published at, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Guap, dialects used in, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> grammar +in dialect of, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Guide-Book, the first in Philippines, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Guzman de Tello, Francisco, eleventh Captain-General of Philippines, +<a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> report as Governor and +Captain-General, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">H</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar"><i lang="es">Hacienda</i> of Augustinians at +Mandaloya, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a></p> +<p>Haraya a chief dialect in Panay, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a> vocabulary of, by Méntrida, <a href="#pb10" +class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Harayo dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Hervás y Panduro, Lorenzo, author of <i lang= +"es">Catalogo</i>, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> Jesuit writer, +<a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> quoted, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Hiligayno a chief dialect in Panay, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a>, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> vocabulary of, +by Méntrida, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Hiligueina, otherwise, Hiligayno, which <i>see</i>, <a href="#pb18" +class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Hispano-Kanaka Dictionary, by Ariñez, Agustín Maria +de, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Historia Franciscana</i> quoted, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Hogar, El</i>, first women’s paper, <a href= +"#pb24" class="pageref">24</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb48" +href="#pb48" name="pb48">48</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Holy Child, The,” first Christian Church founded at +Cebú, now called, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Hospitallers, Province of St Raphael Archangel, <a href="#pb32" +class="pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Huerta, Félix de, early Manila imprints described by, +<a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> Franciscan antiquarian, <a href= +"#pb31" class="pageref">31</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">I</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Ibanag dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a> <i lang="es">Ave Maria</i> in, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> Dictionary by Bugarín, José, in, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> in, another, <a href="#pb21" +class="pageref">21</a> hardest of all Philippine tongues <a href= +"#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Ibanay dialect, otherwise Ibanag, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Ibáñez del Carmen, Aniceto, book of devotions in +Chamorro idiom, by, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> Recoleto +linguist, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Igorrotes, difficulty of conversion of, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Ilocano, a dialect of Luzon, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a>, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> <i lang="es">Ave Maria</i> in, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> <i lang="es">Catecismo</i> in, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> Dictionary in, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a> newspaper published in, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Ilocano, El</i>, first periodical in Indian dialect, +1889–1896, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Ilocos, Indians of hill-country of, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Iloilo, books published at, <i>see</i> Books seventh printing-press +in Philippines at, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Ilongote, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Imus, books published at, <i>see</i> Books only one imprint, +<a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> revolutionary press established +at <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> thirteenth printing-press in +Philippines at, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a></p> +<p>India, Portuguese introduce Christianity into, <a href="#pb23" +class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Indian plant-lore, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> schools +described, <a href="#pb17" class="pageref">17</a></p> +<p>Indians, hand-books of devotion for the, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Introduction of printing into Philippines, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Introductory, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Isinay dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Isle of Batanes, <i>see</i> Batanes Cebú, <i>see</i> +Cebú Luzon, <i>see</i> Luzon Mindanao, <i>see</i> Mindanao +Negros, <i>see</i> Negros Panay, <i>see</i> Panay Parayna, <i>see</i> +Parayna Vatanes, <i>see</i> Vatanes</p> +<p>Ita a form of word Aeta, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Itaa a form of word Aeta, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">J</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Japan, Christianity introduced into, <a href= +"#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> Jesuit mission press in, quoted, +<a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> Retana maintains first printing +outfit was from, <a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> <i lang= +"es">Sanctos no Gosagueo</i> printed at Katsusa, 1591, <a href="#pb35" +class="pageref">35</a> ten works printed in Roman characters before +1599, <a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> <i lang="es">Vocabulario +de Japón</i> printed, 1603, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Japanese language used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Jaro, Arrué, Alejandro, bishop of St. Isabel, of, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Cuartero, Mariano, first bishop of St. +Isabel, of, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> St. Isabel, +otherwise St. Elizabeth, of, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Javan, how far civilized, <a href="#pb8" class="pageref">8</a></p> +<p>Javanese language used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Jesuit college at Katsusa, <a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> at +Nangasaki, <a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> mission press in +Japan quoted, <a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> missionaries +prepare Spanish-Japanese Dictionary, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a> missionary, Ezquerra, Domingo, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a> Noceda, Juan de, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> scholar and writer, Chirino, Pedro, <a href="#pb7" +class="pageref">7</a>, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> Colin, +Francisco, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> Hervás y +Panduro, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> Sanvitores, Diego Luis +de, <a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> Velarde, Pedro Murillo, +<a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb49" href="#pb49" name="pb49">49</a>]</span></p> +<p>Jesuits came with Dominicans, 1581, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a> in Retana’s Catalogue, <a href="#pb57" class= +"pageref">57</a>, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> opened first +college in Philippines, 1601, <a href="#pb17" class="pageref">17</a> +Relations of the, by Thwaites, <a href="#pb15" class= +"pageref">15</a></p> +<p>Jesus, Augustinians of Province of Most Holy Name of, <a href= +"#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Jolo, history of, by Combés, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a></p> +<p>Joloano dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">K</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Kanaka dialect used in Philippines <a href="#pb6" +class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Katsusa, Jesuit College at, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Kavite, <i>see</i> Cavite</p> +<p>Kern, H., comparative study of Aeta language, by, <a href="#pb22" +class="pageref">22</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">L</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Lacandola, the rajah of Manila, <a href="#pb27" +class="pageref">27</a> part taken in founding of Manila by, <a href= +"#pb27" class="pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Ladrone Islands, oldest history of, <a href="#pb9" class= +"pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Ladrones, dialects used in the, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Lafuente, Casimiro, cure at Santa Barbara in Pangasinán, +<a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a> Dominican missionary, <a href= +"#pb12" class="pageref">12</a> pagan scapularies shown to Retana by, +<a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a></p> +<p>Lal-lo, <i>see</i> Lalo</p> +<p>Lalo, Sunday newspaper in Ilocano published at, <a href="#pb29" +class="pageref">29</a> Vigan now known as, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Lavor Evangelica</i>, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Legazpi, Miguel López de, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a> and the blood-bargain, <i>see</i> Buzeta first +civilized Cebú, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> his +expedition from Mexico to Cebú, 1565, <a href="#pb25" class= +"pageref">25</a> site of Manila projected by, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a> took St. Michael as his name-saint <a href="#pb28" +class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Leite, <i lang="es">Arte</i> of Visaya idiom used in, described, +<a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> dialect or language, <a href= +"#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> first grammar of language of, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> idiom similar to Cebuano, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Leonardo de Argensola, Bartolomé, Presbyter, <a href="#pb26" +class="pageref">26</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Leyes de las Indias</i>, Indian schools zealously +guarded by, <a href="#pb17" class="pageref">17</a></p> +<p>Leyte, <i>see</i> Leite</p> +<p>Lippincott Co., J. B., loss of manuscript by, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a></p> +<p>Literary curios among Philippina, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>London, books published at, <i>see</i> Books</p> +<p>López, Francisco, Augustinian, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> <i lang="es">Catecismo</i> in Ilocano dialect by, +<a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Lozano, Raimundo, <i lang="es">Novena</i> to St. Thomas of Villanova +by, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Lubao, art-establishment of Augustinians at, <a href="#pb36" class= +"pageref">36</a> Convent, books printed at, in Pampanga, <a href= +"#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> books printed at, in Spanish, <a href= +"#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> books printed at, in Tagal, <a href= +"#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> San Agustín, Gaspar de, quoted, +<a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> discussion when printing-press +started, <a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> <i lang= +"es">tratadillos</i> of 1606, <a href="#pb37" class= +"pageref">37</a></p> +<p>Luzon, abominable rites in, <a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a> +death of Ortiz, Tomás, at, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a> dialect used in, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> +Isle of, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a>, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> its <i>anay</i> or book-destroying ant, <a href="#pb19" +class="pageref">19</a> map of, by D’Almonte y Muriel, <a href= +"#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> personal experiences of Retana in, +<a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a> printing-presses established at +isle of, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> <i>see</i> Pampanga +tribes hardest to convert in, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">M</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Macabebe, printing-press established, 1621, +<a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a></p> +<p>Madagascar, dialects used in, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> +language used in, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Madrid, books published at, <i>see</i> Books</p> +<p>Magaurlua, Jacinto, prints first Spanish-Japanese Dictionary, +<a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Malabón, books published at, <i>see</i> Books <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb50" href="#pb50" name= +"pb50">50</a>]</span>description of works printed at, <a href="#pb30" +class="pageref">30</a> Orphanage for boys, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> list of trades taught at, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> managed by Augustinians, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> Report quoted, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a> +press-work criticised, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a> +<i>see</i> Tambóbong twelfth printing-press in Philippines at, +<a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Malabóng, books, published, at, <i>see</i> Books <i>see</i> +Malabón written for Tambóbong <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Malagasy dialect used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Malay language, origin of, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> +races, how far civilized, <a href="#pb8" class="pageref">8</a></p> +<p>Malays, opinions as to identity of, with Papuans, <a href="#pb7" +class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Malaysia, antiquities, and, characteristics of, <a href="#pb8" +class="pageref">8</a> did not adopt coeducational theory, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> first civilization of, at Cebú, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> first two Christian churches in, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> many dialects of, <a href="#pb5" +class="pageref">5</a> many works of recognized merit in, <a href="#pb7" +class="pageref">7</a> men of shining mark not turned out in, <a href= +"#pb17" class="pageref">17</a> printing introduced fifty years earlier +than in Pennsylvania, <a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> provinces +of friars in, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> works of reference +bearing on, <a href="#pb8" class="pageref">8</a></p> +<p>Malaysian typography in History of Province of the Holy Rosary, +<a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a></p> +<p>Malaysians and Satanism, <a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Malgacho dialect used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Mandaloya an old <i lang="es">hacienda</i> of Augustinians, <a href= +"#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> books published at, <i>see</i> Books +fourteenth printing-press in Philippines at, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> Orphanage for girls, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> list of arts, etc., taught at, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> managed by Augustinians, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> Report quoted, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Mandaloyon, otherwise Mandaloya, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> <i>see</i> Mandaloya</p> +<p>Manila a Tagal word, <a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a> books +published at, <i>see</i> Books Cuartero, Mariano, one of the four +suffragans of, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> dean of +cathedral-chapter of, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> different +spellings of, <a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a> eight church +officers of, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> <i lang="es">Flora +de Filipinas</i> published at, <a href="#pb4" class="pageref">4</a> its +influence, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> Lacandola was Rajah +of, <a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a> license to print +Blancas’ <i lang="es">Arte</i>, dated from, <a href="#pb33" +class="pageref">33</a> means Bush Town, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> Payo, Pedro, Dominican archbishop of, <a href="#pb11" +class="pageref">11</a> printing-press established 1630, <a href="#pb27" +class="pageref">27</a> Salazar, Domingo, first bishop of, <a href= +"#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> San Agustín, Gaspar de, died at, +<a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> second Christian church in +Malaysia founded at, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> <i>see</i> +Guadalupe <i>see</i> Maynila <i>see</i> Tambóbong site of +projected by Legazpi, <a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a> taken by +Spanish, <a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Manobo dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> +first vocabulary in, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Manual for administration of the Sacraments, by Totanes, <a href= +"#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> of Devotions to St. Roch, in Tagal, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Manuals of piety, in the Philippines, <a href="#pb17" class= +"pageref">17</a></p> +<p>Map of Archipelago, the first with almanac, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a> of the Philippines, by Velarde, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Mariana of Austria, Marianas Islands named after, <a href="#pb9" +class="pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Marianas Islands, Calderón’s history of, <a href= +"#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb51" +href="#pb51" name="pb51">51</a>]</span>Chamorro the idiom of the, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> dialects used in the, <a href= +"#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> establishment of Christianity in, <a href= +"#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> so named by Sanvitores, <a href="#pb9" +class="pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Marquesas Isles, language used in, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Martín, Gregorio, Franciscan linguist, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a></p> +<p>Martín, Julián, Augustinian missionary, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Martínez, Vigil, Ramón, a resident at Manila, <a href= +"#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> as to earliest Philippine imprints, +<a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> Dominican, bishop of Oviedo, +<a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a></p> +<p>Matandá, part taken in founding of Manila by, <a href="#pb27" +class="pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Maver, John, his translation of Zúñiga’s +<i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> now +out of print, <a href="#pb15" class="pageref">15</a></p> +<p>Maynila, books published at, <i>see</i> Books</p> +<p><i lang="es">Mediquillo</i>, manual of, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a></p> +<p><i>Memorial of the Christian Life</i>, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Méntrida, Alonso de, <i lang="es">Arte</i> and <i lang= +"es">Diccionario</i> by, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> +Augustinian scholar, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> Dictionary +by, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Mercado, Ignacio, Philippine botanist, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Mexico, books published at, <i>see</i> Books to Cebú, 1565, +by Legazpi, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a></p> +<p>Meyer, A. B., Aeta vocabulary by, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a></p> +<p><i>Meztizos</i>, Spaniard or Chinese mixed with native, <a href= +"#pb12" class="pageref">12</a></p> +<p>Middleton, Thomas Cooke, paper by, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a> paper re-written by, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a> vicissitudes of his paper, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a></p> +<p>Mindanao, Isle of, dialect used in, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a>, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> history of, by +Combés, <a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> natives of, use +Manobo dialect, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Minguella de la Merced, Toribio, Recoleto missionary, <a href= +"#pb19" class="pageref">19</a></p> +<p>Moluccas, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> Leonardo de +Argensola’s, Bartolomé, conquest of the, <a href="#pb26" +class="pageref">26</a></p> +<p>Montano, J., report on Philippine Islands, in, <a href="#pb21" +class="pageref">21</a> vocabularies of various native dialects, by, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Morga, Antonio de, triumph of Spanish arms in Philippines, <a href= +"#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></p> +<p>Moro, Maguindanáo dialect, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +<p><span lang="es">Museo Biblioteca de Ultramar</span>, Retana’s +account of early Philippine imprint in, <a href="#pb32" class= +"pageref">32</a></p> +<p><i>Mysteries of the Rosary</i>, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">N</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Naga, books published at, <i>see</i> Books the +eleventh printing-press in Philippines at, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Nahuatl language used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Nahuatlisms of Costa Rica, by Ferraz, Juan Fernández, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Nangasaki, <i lang="es">Vocabulario de Japón</i>, printed at, +1603, <a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Naves, Andres, <a href="#pb4" class="pageref">4</a></p> +<p>Negrito dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> a +parent tongue, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Negritos perhaps primitive race of the Philippines, <a href="#pb21" +class="pageref">21</a> used Aeta language, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Negroes of Negros described, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a></p> +<p>Negros, Aetas of, described, <a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> +Isle of, dialect, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p>New Guinea vocabulary and Captain Cook, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>New Hebrides vocabulary and Captain Cook, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>New Holland vocabulary and Captain Cook, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>New Zealand vocabulary and Captain Cook, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Noceda, Juan de, Jesuit missionary, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Tagal Dictionary by, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Tagal Dictionary was added to by Augustinians, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> Totanes’ Tagal dictionary +superseded by that of, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Nonos, described by Zúñiga, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb52" href="#pb52" name= +"pb52">52</a>]</span></p> +<p>Novena to St. Thomas of Villanova, by Lozano, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Nueva Caceres, founded by Governor Sande, Francisco, <a href="#pb29" +class="pageref">29</a> now known as Naga, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a>, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a> <i>see</i>, +Naga</p> +<p>Nuéva Segovia, Santa Eulalia, Pedro Gibert de, Recoleto +bishop of, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> Vigan known to +Spaniards as, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">O</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar"><i lang="es">Orden de Predicadores, La</i>, History +of, <a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a></p> +<p>Orders not specified in Retana’s Catalogue, <a href="#pb14" +class="pageref">14</a>, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Orphanage at Malabón, list of trades taught, <a href="#pb30" +class="pageref">30</a> at Mandaloya, list of arts, etc., taught, +<a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Ortiz, Tomás, Augustinian missionary, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a> death of, 1742, <a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a> +on abominable rites in Philippines, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Our Lady of Consolation, a Tambóbong printing centre, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> orphan-press of, <a href="#pb30" +class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Our Lady of Loreto, Franciscan Convent of, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Our Lady of the Rosary, Fr. Francisco Blancas de San José, +preacher-general of province of, <a href="#pb32" class= +"pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Our Lady of Welcome, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Oviedo in Spain, Martínez-Vigil, bishop of, <a href="#pb34" +class="pageref">34</a></p> +<p>Oyanguren, Melchior, Franciscan linguist, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> his Critical Treatise on Tagalisms described, <a href= +"#pb19" class="pageref">19</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">P</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar"><i lang="es">Pacto de Sangre</i>, rite of, +described, <a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Pag-Papasipin, described by Zúñiga, <a href="#pb13" +class="pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Pampanga, art establishment of Augustinians at Lubao, <a href= +"#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> dialect, <i lang="es">Arte</i> by +Bergaño, Diego, in, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> books +in, printed at Lubao, <a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> published +at, <i>see</i> Books Dictionary of, by Bergaño, Diego, <a href= +"#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> province in Luzon, <a href="#pb36" +class="pageref">36</a></p> +<p>Pampango dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Panapee, a dialect of Yap, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Panay, Cuartero, Mariano, first bishop of St. Isabel of Jaro in +island of, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> dialect or language, +<a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> Dictionary of chief dialects +spoken in, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> <i>see</i> Iloilo</p> +<p>Panayano dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Pangasinán, <i lang="es">Arte</i> by Pellicer, Mariano, in, +<a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> Charm-Book, in, described, +<a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a> dialect or language, <a href= +"#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> Indians of hill-country of, <a href= +"#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Lafuente, Casimiro, cure at Santa +Barbara in, <a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a></p> +<p>Papuan language, a parent tongue, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a> antiquity of, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Papuans, opinions on identity of, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Paragua, Isle of, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Paris, books published at, <i>see</i> Books</p> +<p>Pathway to Heaven in Gaddan idiom, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Patianac, described by Zúñiga, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Payo, Pedro, a Dominican archbishop of Manila, <a href="#pb11" +class="pageref">11</a> <i lang="es">Estado general</i>, or statistics +of Philippines by, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a></p> +<p>Pellicer, Mariano, <i lang="es">Arte</i> in Pangasinán +dialect by, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> Dominican, <a href= +"#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Pennsylvania, printing introduced, 1685, <a href="#pb37" class= +"pageref">37</a></p> +<p>Pérez, Mateo, Abridgment of Christian Doctrine, in Bisaya, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Augustinian cure of Argao, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Philadelphia, Philobiblon Club of, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a> The Free Library of, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a>, <a href="#pb4" class="pageref">4</a> its Finding +lists, <a href="#pb3" class="pageref">3</a> <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb53" href="#pb53" name="pb53">53</a>]</span></p> +<p>Philippina, historical character of earliest, <a href="#pb25" class= +"pageref">25</a> literary curios among, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Philippine archipelago conquered, 1565, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a> characters, diagrams of, first published, <a href= +"#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> dialects, and Capt. Cook, <a href="#pb6" +class="pageref">6</a> some authorities on, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb16" class="pageref">16</a></p> +<p>Philippines, Aeta a mother tongue in, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a> bibliography of, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> +Blanco’s <i>Flora</i> of, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> +books in Free Library, <a href="#pb3" class="pageref">3</a>, <a href= +"#pb4" class="pageref">4</a> Concepción’s history of, +<a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> <i>Fauna</i> of, by Elera, +<a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> first printing outfit from +Japan, <a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> first publication +discussed, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a> folk-lore in, +<a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a> geology of, <a href="#pb11" +class="pageref">11</a> historical geography of, by Velarde, <a href= +"#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> introduction of printing into, <a href= +"#pb8" class="pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> +languages enumerated, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a>, <a href= +"#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> manuscript history of, 1581–1606, +described, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> map of, <a href= +"#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Martínez-Vigil states order of +St. Augustine furnished first printers to, <a href="#pb36" class= +"pageref">36</a> most valuable works on, <a href="#pb9" class= +"pageref">9</a> periodicals, one hundred and sixty, <a href="#pb25" +class="pageref">25</a> printing-presses in, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a> religious +missions in, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Retana’s +catalogue of Philippine literature, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a> list of early presses, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> list of printers, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> rites, etc., of aborigines of, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a> sources of information concerning, <a href="#pb8" +class="pageref">8</a> statistics relating to, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a> surviving forms of heathenism in, <a href="#pb12" +class="pageref">12</a> total number of islands unknown, <a href="#pb7" +class="pageref">7</a> Velarde published earliest topographical map of, +<a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Vera, Juan de, first printer in, +<a href="#pb35" class="pageref">35</a> works of reference bearing on, +<a href="#pb8" class="pageref">8</a></p> +<p>Philippinians, how far civilized, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a> kin with Central Americans, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Philobiblon Club, paper read before, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a></p> +<p>Pinpin, Tomás, a native Tagal printer, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a>, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> alleged +printer of <i lang="es">Arte y Regla</i>s, <a href="#pb33" class= +"pageref">33</a> <i lang="es">Devocion Tagalog</i>, printed by, +<a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> <i lang="es">Diccionario</i> +printed by, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> first +Spanish-Japanese Dictionary printed by, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a> Retana authority for work printed at Binondo, by, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Polynesia, history of, by Combés, <a href="#pb9" class= +"pageref">9</a> its early civilization, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a> languages in Western, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> many languages used in, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Polynesians, rites practised among, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Ponapé, a dialect of Yap, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Portuguese missionaries, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Postrimerias</i>, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Pouguet, Abridgment of Christian Doctrine, by “<span lang= +"fr">francés</span>” [= Frenchmen], <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Práctica</i>, omitted in <i lang= +"es">Biblioteca</i>, <a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a> Ortiz +describes impious rites in Philippines, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Preface, <a href="#pb3" class="pageref">3</a></p> +<p><i>Preparation for Communion</i>, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Presbyter, Leonardo de Argensola, Bartolomé, <a href="#pb26" +class="pageref">26</a></p> +<p>Presses, Philippine, <a href="#pb8" class="pageref">8</a>, <a href= +"#pb27" class="pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Printing, introduction of, into Philippines <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Printing-press, authorities on introduction of, <a href="#pb36" +class="pageref">36</a></p> +<p>Printing-press established at: Bacolor, 1619, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> Bataan before 1610, <a href="#pb34" class= +"pageref">34</a> Binondo, 1865, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> +Camarines, otherwise Nueva Caceres, 1893, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb54" href="#pb54" name= +"pb54">54</a>]</span>Cavite, 1815, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> Cebú, 1888, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> Guadalupe, 1886, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> Iloilo, 1885, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> +Imus, 1896, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> Lubao before 1606, +<a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> Luzon, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> Macabebe, 1621, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> +Malabón, 1895, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a> Malaysia, +<a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> Mandaloya, otherwise Mandaloyon, +1898, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> Mandaloyon, otherwise +Mandaloya, 1898, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> Manila, 1630, +<a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a> Nueva Caceres, otherwise +Camarines, 1893, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Philippines, +<a href="#pb8" class="pageref">8</a>, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a> Sampaloc, 1736, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> +Tambóbong, 1889, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Tayabas, +1703, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a>, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> Vigan, 1883, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> +Visayas, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Proclamation in Tagal printed at Imus, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a></p> +<p>Puynipet, a dialect of Yap, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">Q</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Quiapo, license to print Blancas’ <i lang= +"es">Arte</i> dated from, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">R</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar"><i lang="es">Razon, La</i>, A Plea Against +Encroachments on Mexican and Manila Trade, <a href="#pb24" class= +"pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Reclus, Elisée, quoted as to Philippine civilization, +<a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Recoleto bishop, Arrué, Alejandro, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> Santa Eulalia, Pedro Gibert de, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a> evangelist, Vilches, Manuel, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a> linguist, Ibáñez del Carmen, Aniceto, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> missionaries first crossed the +Pacific in 1611, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> missionary, +Concepción, Juan de la, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> +missionary, Minguella de la Merced, Toribio, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> Santa Eulalia, Pedro Gibert de, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a> Sanz, Gregorio, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> +scholar, San Jerónimo, Tomás de, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Recoletos are the barefooted Augustinians, <a href="#pb23" class= +"pageref">23</a> Province of St. Nicholas of Tolentino, <a href="#pb32" +class="pageref">32</a> thirty-seven in Retana’s Catalogue, +<a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Reference, works of, referred to, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a></p> +<p><i>Relations of the Jesuits in North America</i> compared with +<i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, <a href="#pb15" class="pageref">15</a></p> +<p>Religious brotherhoods, three hundred and sixty-eight members in +Retana’s Catalogue, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">República Filipino, La</i>, described, <a href= +"#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> first journal of Tagal insurgents, +<a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a></p> +<p>Retana, W. E., annals of religious brotherhoods, <a href="#pb14" +class="pageref">14</a> announces Dictionary in Batanes, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a> best works in Visaya or Bisaya described, +<a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> bibliography by, <a href="#pb5" +class="pageref">5</a> <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>, quoted, <a href= +"#pb5" class="pageref">5</a>, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a>, +<a href="#pb16" class="pageref">16</a>, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a>, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a>, <a href= +"#pb25" class="pageref">25</a>, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a>, +<a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> contradictory statements as to +earliest Philippine imprint by, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> +edits <span class="corr" id="xd20e5796" title= +"Source: Zúñigas">Zúñiga’s</span> +<i lang="es">Estadismo</i>, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> +enumerates one hundred and twelve of one hundred and sixty periodicals, +<a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a> forms of heathenism described +by, <a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a> gifted student of +Philippina, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a> his enlarged <i lang= +"es">Estadismo</i> quoted, <a href="#pb7" class="pageref">7</a>, +<a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a>, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a>, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a>, <a href= +"#pb32" class="pageref">32</a>, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a>, +<a href="#pb34" class="pageref">34</a>, <a href="#pb37" class= +"pageref">37</a> idioms of Malaysia tabulated by, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a> infers that Spanish-Japanese Dictionary is earliest +Philippine imprint, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb55" href="#pb55" name="pb55">55</a>]</span>list of +early presses and names of printers, <a href="#pb31" class= +"pageref">31</a> most valuable authorities named by, <a href="#pb9" +class="pageref">9</a> omission of early Philippine imprints from later +bibliography of, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> omits <i lang= +"es">Práctica</i> in <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>, <a href= +"#pb13" class="pageref">13</a> on Bataan imprints, <a href="#pb34" +class="pageref">34</a> Buzeta, <a href="#pb14" class="pageref">14</a> +Chirino, <a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a> +Concepción’s history of the Philippines, <a href="#pb10" +class="pageref">10</a> Dictionary of Ibanag dialect, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a> Elera’s catalogue of <i lang= +"es">fauna</i>, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> <i lang= +"es">Embriologia Sagrada</i>, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> +first Philippine book, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a> +Hispano-Kanaka Dictionary, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> +manual for <i lang="es">Mediquillo</i>, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a> map of Luzon, <a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> +printer of <i lang="es">Arte y Reglas</i>, <a href="#pb33" class= +"pageref">33</a> printing in Cebú, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> question of early typography, <a href="#pb34" class= +"pageref">34</a> <i lang="es">Romancero Filipino</i>, <a href="#pb24" +class="pageref">24</a> statements of Aduarte, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a> Vilches’ Manual, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a> personal experiences in Luzon, <a href="#pb12" class= +"pageref">12</a> quotes <i lang="es">Museo Biblioteca de Ultramar</i>, +<a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> reference made to Philippine +prints not mentioned in <i lang="es">Biblioteca</i>, <a href="#pb31" +class="pageref">31</a> religious books mentioned by, <a href="#pb16" +class="pageref">16</a> says few books in Cuyona, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a> short catalogue by, <a href="#pb3" class= +"pageref">3</a> shown pagan scapularies by Lafuente, <a href="#pb12" +class="pageref">12</a> writes appendices to +Zúñiga’s history, <a href="#pb12" class= +"pageref">12</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Revista Católica</i>, one number published, +1890, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> in Tagal, 1896, <a href= +"#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Revista Católica de Filipinas</i>, of +Tambóbong, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Revista de Filipinas</i>, scientific paper, <a href= +"#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Ribadeneyra, Marcelo de, Franciscan chronicler, <a href="#pb26" +class="pageref">26</a> history of Philippine archipelago by, <a href= +"#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></p> +<p>Rodríguez, Fabiáno, Augustinian antiquary, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> genealogical work by, <a href="#pb29" +class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Rojas, Pedro de, secretary of cathedral-chapter of Manila, <a href= +"#pb33" class="pageref">33</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Romancero Filipino</i>, work of fancy, <a href="#pb24" +class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Rome, books published at, <i>see</i> Books</p> +<p>Ruiz, Miguel, of Binondoc and <i lang="es">Arte</i> of 1610, +<a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">S</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Sacraments, Manual for administration of, by +Totanes, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Sagrada Familia</i>, hand-book of devotions from press +of, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Saint Augustine, the friars of, <a href="#pb4" class= +"pageref">4</a></p> +<p>Saint Elizabeth of Jaro, Cuartero, Mariano, first bishop of, +<a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Saint Gregory the Great, Franciscans of Province of, <a href="#pb32" +class="pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Saint Isabel of Jaro, Cuartero, Mariano, first bishop of, <a href= +"#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Saint Roch, Manual of Devotions to, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Salazar, Domingo, Dominican, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a> +first bishop of Manila, <a href="#pb23" class="pageref">23</a></p> +<p>Salcedo, Juan, captain under Legazpi, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> Vigan founded by, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Sámal dialect or language, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> first vocabulary in, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Sámar Isles, <i lang="es">Arte</i> of Visaya idiom used in, +described, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> dialect or language, +<a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Sampaloc, books published at, <i>see</i> Books second printing-press +in Philippines at, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>San Agustín, Gaspar de, Augustinian, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> biographical note on, <a href="#pb36" class= +"pageref">36</a> <i lang="es">Conquista</i> by, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> quoted, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> Tagal +linguist, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> treatise on Tagal +poetry by, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb56" href="#pb56" name="pb56">56</a>]</span>Gaspar +de, Visaya linguist, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a></p> +<p>San Jerónimo, Tomás de, known as the “Cicero of +Cuba”, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> Recoleto scholar, +<a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>San José de Costa Rica, books published at, <i>see</i>, +Books</p> +<p>San José, Francisco, <i>see</i>, Blancas</p> +<p><i>Sanctos no Gosagueo</i>, printed in Japan, 1591, <a href="#pb35" +class="pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Sande, Francisco, founded, Nueva Caceres., <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> Governor, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Sandwich Islands, language used in, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Sanscrit language used in Philippines, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Santa, Barbara, Lafuente, Casimiro, cure at <i lang="es">pueblo</i> +of, <a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a></p> +<p>Santa Eulalia, Pedro Gibert de, Christian Doctrine in Cuyona dialect +by, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> Plan of Religion in Cuyona +dialect by, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> Recoleto bishop of +Nuéva Segovia, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a> +missionary, <a href="#pb21" class="pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Santo Niño, El, name of first Christian Church in +Cebú, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Santos’ Tagal Dictionary, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Sanvitores, Diego, Luis, de, called Ladrone Islands the Marianas, +<a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a> Jesuit writer, <a href="#pb9" +class="pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Sanz, Gregorio, a Recoleto missionary, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a></p> +<p>Sastrón, Manuel, description of Batangas, <a href="#pb30" +class="pageref">30</a> use of “Malabóng” by, +<a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a></p> +<p>Satanism in Polynesia, <a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Satow, Ernest Mason, quoted, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Schools, description of Indian, <a href="#pb17" class= +"pageref">17</a></p> +<p>Secular clergyman in Retana’s catalogue, ninety-eight, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Seville, books published at, <i>see</i>, Books</p> +<p>Sicatuna, Chief, made, blood-bargain with Legazpi, <a href="#pb27" +class="pageref">27</a></p> +<p>Society Isles, language used in, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Soliman, part taken in founding of Manila by, <a href="#pb27" class= +"pageref">27</a></p> +<p>South Sea islanders, Captain Cook and languages of, <a href="#pb6" +class="pageref">6</a></p> +<p>Spain, Abridgment of History of, at Tambóbong, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> Queen of, Doña Mariana of +Austria, <a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Spanish, books in, printed at Lubao, <a href="#pb37" class= +"pageref">37</a></p> +<p>Spanish-Japanese Dictionary by Pinpin and Magaurlua, <a href="#pb27" +class="pageref">27</a> mistakenly styled earliest Philippine imprint, +<a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a> Retana states earliest +Philippine imprint to be, <a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a></p> +<p>Statistical reports of Franciscan missionaries, <a href="#pb28" +class="pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Saint Augustine and Saint Monica, Life of, <a href="#pb30" class= +"pageref">30</a> Gabriel, Hospital of, at Binondo, Retana authority for +work printed by Pinpin at, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> +Michael, Archangel, Church rechristened the Holy Child, <a href="#pb28" +class="pageref">28</a> name of, first Christian Church in Cebú, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> name-saint of Legazpi, <a href= +"#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> Monica and Saint Augustine, Life of, +<a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a> Nicholas, of Tolentino, +Guadalupe founded in honor of, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> +<i>see</i> Tolentino Raphael Archangel, Hospitallers of Province of, +<a href="#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> Thomas, of Villanova, <i lang= +"es">Novena</i> to, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Suárez, Francisco, cover of <i lang="es">La Razon</i> +illustrated by, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Sumatran, The, how far civilized, <a href="#pb8" class= +"pageref">8</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Superior Gobierno, Del</i>, first newspaper in the +Islands, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">T</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Tagacaolo dialect or language, <a href="#pb6" +class="pageref">6</a> first vocabulary in, <a href="#pb22" class= +"pageref">22</a> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb57" href="#pb57" name= +"pb57">57</a>]</span></p> +<p>Tagal dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a> +<i lang="es">Arte</i> by Totanes described, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> not forerunner of Philippine imprints, <a href="#pb35" +class="pageref">35</a> the earliest, described, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> artist, Suárez Francisco, <a href="#pb24" +class="pageref">24</a> best book to learn language from, <a href= +"#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> books in, printed at Lubao, <a href= +"#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> Catechism by Amezquita, Luis de, +<a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a>, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> dialect, hard to acquire, <a href="#pb18" class= +"pageref">18</a> Dictionary by Noceda described, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a> by Santos, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> by +Totanes, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> Grammar, 1610, <a href= +"#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> best is by Totanes, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a> Essay on, by Minguella de la Merced, <a href= +"#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> same as <i lang="es">Arte y Reglas</i>, +<a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> Hymn in, <i lang="es">Arte y +Reglas</i>, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> insurgents, first +journal of the, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> linguist, San +Agustín, Gaspar de, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> +Manual for the administration of the Sacraments in, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a> poetry, San Agustín’s treatise on, +<a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a> Prayer in, <i lang="es">Arte y +Reglas</i>, <a href="#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> printer, Pinpin, +Tomás, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> proclamation in, +published at, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> refrains, by +Martin and Cuadrado, described, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> +<i>see Araya</i>, <a href="#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> translation of +Tissot’s work into, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> works +in, described, <a href="#pb19" class="pageref">19</a></p> +<p>Tagalisms, Critical Treatise on, described, <a href="#pb19" class= +"pageref">19</a></p> +<p>Tagbanúa dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Tambóbong, books published at, <i>see</i> Books +Hispano-Kanaka Dictionary, 1892, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> +otherwise Malabón, <a href="#pb30" class="pageref">30</a> +<i>see</i> Malabóng tenth printing-press in Philippines at, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> works printed at, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Tasig river, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Tayabas, books published at, <i>see</i> Books only one book with +this imprint, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> printing-press +established 1703, <a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a> Tagal +Dictionary printed at, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> third +printing-press in Philippines at, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a></p> +<p>Tea and Milk, <i>see <span lang="es">Thé Kon +Leche</span></i></p> +<p><i lang="es">Thé Kon Leche</i>, illustrated satirical +periodical, <a href="#pb25" class="pageref">25</a></p> +<p>Thwaites, Reuben Gold, <a href="#pb15" class="pageref">15</a></p> +<p>Tigbalag, described by Zúñiga, <a href="#pb13" class= +"pageref">13</a></p> +<p>Tinguianes, difficulty of conversion of, <a href="#pb10" class= +"pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Tino dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class="pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Tiruray dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Tissot, Blanco translates work of, into Tagal, <a href="#pb10" +class="pageref">10</a></p> +<p>Tobacco in Cagayan region, <a href="#pb21" class= +"pageref">21</a></p> +<p>Tolentino, Recoletos of Province of St. Nicholas of, <a href="#pb32" +class="pageref">32</a> Saint Nicholas the wonder-worker of, <a href= +"#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Tondo province, <i>see</i> Tambóbong, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a> San Agustín, Gaspar de, died at, <a href= +"#pb36" class="pageref">36</a></p> +<p>Totanes, Sebastián de, Franciscan missionary, <a href="#pb20" +class="pageref">20</a>, <a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a> his +Tagal Dictionary published at Tayabas, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> Manual by, <a href="#pb20" class="pageref">20</a> +Tagal <i lang="es">Arte</i> by, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Tratadillos</i> by Villanueva, Juan de, <a href="#pb36" +class="pageref">36</a> of 1606 printed at Lubao, <a href="#pb37" class= +"pageref">37</a></p> +<p>Treatise on the Drugs and Medicines used in the East Indies, +<a href="#pb26" class="pageref">26</a></p> +<p>Tupas, Chief at Cebú, 1565, <a href="#pb28" class= +"pageref">28</a> Cross reared at Cebú by agreement with, +<a href="#pb28" class="pageref">28</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">V</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Valencia, Ambrosio de, Capuchin missionary, +<a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a> Grammar in dialect of Yap, or +Guap, supposed to be by, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +<p>Valladolid, books published at, <i>see</i> Books <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb58" href="#pb58" name="pb58">58</a>]</span></p> +<p>Vatanes, Isle of, dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a> used in islets north of Luzon, <a href="#pb20" class= +"pageref">20</a> <i>see</i> Batanes</p> +<p>Velarde, Pedro Murillo, earliest topographical map of Philippines +by, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Historical geography of +Philippines, <a href="#pb10" class="pageref">10</a> Jesuit writer, +<a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a></p> +<p>Vera, Juan de, assisted Blancas, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a> books printed, Binondo, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a> Christian Chinaman, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a> first printer in Philippines, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a> titles of books printed by, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +<p>Vícol dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Vidal, Domingo, original editor of <i>Flora</i>, <span class="corr" +id="xd20e6735" title="Not in source">4</span></p> +<p>Vidal y Soler, Sebastián, later editor of <i>Flora</i>, +<a href="#pb4" class="pageref">4</a></p> +<p>Vigan, books published at, <i>see</i> Books founded by Juan Salcedo, +<a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> sixth printing-press in +Philippines at, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a> various names +of, <a href="#pb29" class="pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Vilches, Manuel, book on Indian plant-lore published by, <a href= +"#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> Recoleto evangelist, <a href="#pb11" +class="pageref">11</a></p> +<p>Villa Fernandina, Vigan known as, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Villanova, Novena to St Thomas of, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p>Villanueva, Juan de, Augustinian, <a href="#pb36" class= +"pageref">36</a> <i lang="es">Tratadillos</i> by, <a href="#pb36" +class="pageref">36</a></p> +<p>Villar, Celestino Fernández, <a href="#pb4" class= +"pageref">4</a></p> +<p>Villavicencio, José Nuño de, <i lang="es">La Razon</i> +by, <a href="#pb24" class="pageref">24</a></p> +<p>Virgin Mary, Marianas Islands named for, <a href="#pb9" class= +"pageref">9</a> Tagal Hymn to the Holy, <a href="#pb33" class= +"pageref">33</a></p> +<p>Visaya, <i lang="es">Arte</i> written in, described, <a href="#pb18" +class="pageref">18</a> best works for the study of, described, <a href= +"#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> first dialect in the Philippines, +<a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> generic name, <a href="#pb5" +class="pageref">5</a> linguist, San Agustín, Gaspar de, <a href= +"#pb36" class="pageref">36</a> Spanish Dictionary by Encarnación +described, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Visaya-Cebuano dialect, book on Indian plant-lore published in, +<a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a> <i>Christian Doctrine</i> +translated into, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a> compared with +Panay dialects, <a href="#pb18" class="pageref">18</a></p> +<p>Visayas, dearth of printing-press material, <a href="#pb29" class= +"pageref">29</a></p> +<p><i lang="es">Vocabulario de Japón</i>, printed in +“Nangasaki,” 1603, <a href="#pb35" class= +"pageref">35</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">W</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Wallace, on identity of Polynesians, <a href="#pb7" +class="pageref">7</a></p> +<p>Wisconsin, State Historical Society of, <a href="#pb15" class= +"pageref">15</a></p> +<p>Works of general information, <a href="#pb8" class="pageref">8</a>, +<a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">Y</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Yap, dialect or language, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a> dialects used in, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a> +Grammar in dialect of, <a href="#pb22" class="pageref">22</a></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div2"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h3 class="main">Z</h3> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="firstpar">Zambale dialect or language, <a href="#pb5" class= +"pageref">5</a></p> +<p>Zúñiga, Joaquin Martínez de, abominable rites +practised in Luzon, <a href="#pb13" class="pageref">13</a> Augustinian, +<a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a>, <a href="#pb11" class= +"pageref">11</a> <i lang="es">Estadismo de las Filipinas</i> of, +<a href="#pb11" class="pageref">11</a>, <a href="#pb12" class= +"pageref">12</a> on <i lang="es">Arte y Reglas</i>, 1610, <a href= +"#pb33" class="pageref">33</a> on earliest Philippine imprint, <a href= +"#pb32" class="pageref">32</a> quoted, <a href="#pb6" class= +"pageref">6</a>, <a href="#pb9" class="pageref">9</a>, <a href="#pb19" +class="pageref">19</a>, <a href="#pb27" class="pageref">27</a>, +<a href="#pb31" class="pageref">31</a>, <a href="#pb34" class= +"pageref">34</a>, <a href="#pb37" class="pageref">37</a> Retana writes +appendices to history by, <a href="#pb12" class="pageref">12</a> <i>see +<span lang="es">Estadismo</span></i> states Aeta is parent tongue of +Polynesia, <a href="#pb6" class="pageref">6</a>, <a href="#pb7" class= +"pageref">7</a></p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1" id="toc"> +<h2 class="main">Table of Contents</h2> +<ul> +<li><a href="#preface">Preface.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e129">3</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#intro">Introductory.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e159">5</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch1">Works of General +Information.</a> <span class= +"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e507">9</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch2">Authorities on Philippine +Dialects.</a> <span class= +"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e673">16</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch3">Some Literary Curios among +Philippina.</a> <span class= +"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e912">24</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch4">Philippine Presses.</a> +<span class="tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e993">27</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#ch5">Introduction of Printing into the +Philippines.</a> <span class= +"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e1160">32</a></span></li> +<li><a href="#index">Index</a> <span class= +"tocPagenum"><a class="pageref" href="#xd20e1398">39</a></span></li> +</ul> +</div> +<div class="transcribernote"> +<h2 class="main">Colophon</h2> +<h3 class="main">Availability</h3> +<p class="firstpar">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no +cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give +it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License +included with this eBook or online at <a class="exlink" title= +"External link" href= +"https://www.gutenberg.org/">www.gutenberg.org</a>.</p> +<p>This eBook is produced by the Online Distributed Proofreading Team +at <a class="exlink" title="External link" href= +"https://www.pgdp.net/">www.pgdp.net</a>.</p> +<h3 class="main">Encoding</h3> +<p class="firstpar"></p> +<h3 class="main">Revision History</h3> +<ul> +<li>2011-02-05 Started.</li> +</ul> +<h3 class="main">External References</h3> +<p>This Project Gutenberg eBook contains external references. These +links may not work for you.</p> +<h3 class="main">Corrections</h3> +<p>The following corrections have been applied to the text:</p> +<table width="75%" summary= +"Overview of corrections applied to the text."> +<tr> +<th>Page</th> +<th>Source</th> +<th>Correction</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20" valign="top"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e451">6</a>, <a class="pageref" href="#xd20e2907">44</a></td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">Encyl.</td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">Encycl.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20" valign="top"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e900">23</a></td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">,</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20" valign="top"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e986">26</a></td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">Bartholomé</td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">Bartolomé</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20" valign="top"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e3267">46</a></td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">Tómas</td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">Tomás</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20" valign="top"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e3534">47</a>, <a class="pageref" href="#xd20e3629">47</a>, +<a class="pageref" href="#xd20e3717">47</a></td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">traveller</td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">traveler</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20" valign="top"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e5796">54</a></td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">Zúñigas</td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">Zúñiga’s</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20" valign="top"><a class="pageref" href= +"#xd20e6735">58</a></td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td> +<td class="width40" valign="bottom">4</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> +</div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Some notes on the bibliography of the +Philippines, by Thomas Cooke Middleton + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PHILIPPINES *** + +***** This file should be named 35191-h.htm or 35191-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/1/9/35191/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team for Project Gutenberg at +https://www.pgdp.net/ + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/35191-h/images/book.png b/35191-h/images/book.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..963d165 --- /dev/null +++ b/35191-h/images/book.png diff --git a/35191-h/images/card.png b/35191-h/images/card.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ffbe1a --- /dev/null +++ b/35191-h/images/card.png diff --git a/35191-h/images/external.png b/35191-h/images/external.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba4f205 --- /dev/null +++ b/35191-h/images/external.png diff --git a/35191.txt b/35191.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2fdddb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/35191.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1967 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Some notes on the bibliography of the +Philippines, by Thomas Cooke Middleton + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Some notes on the bibliography of the Philippines + +Author: Thomas Cooke Middleton + +Release Date: February 7, 2011 [EBook #35191] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PHILIPPINES *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team for Project Gutenberg at +https://www.pgdp.net/ + + + + + + + + Bulletin + of + The Free Library + of Philadelphia + + Number 4 + + + SOME NOTES ON THE + BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE + PHILIPPINES + + + By + + Rev. THOMAS COOKE MIDDLETON, D.D., O.S.A. + + + December, 1900 + + + + + + + Copyright, 1900, + by + The Free Library of Philadelphia. + + Press of + Edward Stern & Co., Inc. + Philadelphia + + + + + + +PREFACE. + + +So many inquiries have been made in the Free Library of Philadelphia +for information concerning the history and literature of the +Philippines, that an earnest effort was made some time ago to gather +together books bearing on these subjects. The fact that a short +catalogue of Philippine literature, prepared by the bibliographer, +W. E. Retana, comprises as many as three thousand separate works, +is a matter known to comparatively few persons, and it was therefore +with considerable interest that the Philobiblon Club of Philadelphia +obtained the promise of the Rev. Thomas Cooke Middleton that he would +read a paper upon the bibliography of the Philippines before the +Club. This Bulletin is a copy of that paper, as read in substance, +and it would have been published several months since but for the +unfortunate loss of the manuscript in the office of the newspaper to +which the author had confided it. In answer to the urgent requests +of the members of the Philobiblon Club, Father Middleton very kindly +re-wrote it and consented that it should be printed by the Free +Library of Philadelphia for the use of the students and patrons of +the Library. An evil fate, however, seemed to pursue the manuscript, +and within four days after it had been completed for the second time +it perished in the great fire which destroyed the printing house of +J. B. Lippincott Co. Once more the author took courage, and again +wrote out the paper, and these facts are recorded both as a matter +of interest, and to explain why this Bulletin has been so long delayed. + +A collection of books on the subject of the Philippines is being +gradually accumulated, and it seems desirable both to furnish the +readers in the Library with information upon the subject, and also +to take an opportunity to counteract the popular misapprehension as +to what has been done by the residents of the Philippines in the way +of literature. + +Since the collection of works on this subject was commenced the Free +Library has prepared and mimeographed from time to time for the use +of its readers "Finding Lists" of the books on the shelves relating +to the Philippine Islands. The latest of these lists, prepared May 4, +1900, shows that fifty-four volumes have been collected and also gives +references to nearly six hundred magazine articles in the Library. + +Possibly one of the most interesting books received in the Library +is the Flora de Filipinas, consisting of four folio volumes of text +(printed in Spanish and Latin on the same page) and two of colored +lithographed plates. It was published at Manila 1877-1883 for the +friars of St. Augustine under the direction of H. Ex. the late +Sebastiano Vidal y Soler, assisted scientifically by the able +botanists, the Rev. Fathers Fr. Andres Naves and Fr. Celestino +Fernandez Villar, both of the Augustinian order of friars. It was +composed from manuscripts of the late Father Blanco of the same +order. The plates were drawn and colored from nature by native artists, +and sent to Barcelona where they were lithographed, and after six +hundred copies were printed off, the stones were destroyed. As will +be noticed, in many cases the specimens are given both in fruit and +flower, necessitating in most instances a gathering of the specimens +at distinct seasons of the year. + +The book was published as a serial work, two or three parts with four +plates each (with corresponding descriptions) appearing monthly. There +were several stoppages during the printing of the work, caused by +a large fire at one time and an earthquake at another, from both of +which the printing establishment at which the book was being published +suffered. In this manner the time occupied in the publication was +prolonged. + +The original editor was Sr. Domingo Vidal, who unfortunately, after +only two or three parts of the work had been given out, was obliged +to leave the Islands on account of poor health. Several months later +he died and his brother, who had assumed the editorship, upon his +departure from Manila, continued the work until it was finished. + +The Trustees of the Free Library of Philadelphia desire to express +their thanks to the Rev. Dr. Middleton for the contribution to +bibliography which follows. A short index has been added, which +it is believed will fit the paper for general use. Many thanks are +due to Mr. John Ashhurst for his assistance in this tedious part of +the Bulletin. + + + John Thomson. + + + + + + +INTRODUCTORY. + + +The following pages, embodying a survey (on a broad scale) of the chief +characteristics of Philippine intellectual energy, in its various lines +of art, science, letters, seem an objective worthy of the American +scholar, who, to his own large group of aboriginal tongues at home, +has now to add to his field of study a similarly far-reaching family +of the many-toned dialects of Malaysia,--twenty-seven idioms at least +in number,--according to Retana's tabulation, whereof I give a list +drawn from his latest bibliography of the Philippines, [1] where, +enumerating the various works published in the several dialects in +use in that archipelago, he has summarized them in the following table: + + + Bisaya, or Visaya, generic name for Titles. + 1. Cebuano, Isle of Cebu | + 2. Panayano, Hiligayno and Harayo, Isle of Panay | 352 + 3. Leyte, or Leite, and Samar Isles | + 4. Tagalo, Isle of Luzon 230 + 5. Ilocano, ibid. 143 + 6. Bicol, or Vicol, ibid. 61 + 7. Pangasinan, ibid. 24 + 8. Pampango, ibid. 22 + 9. Ibanag, ibid. 15 + 10. Moro-Maguindanao 8 + 11. Cuyono 7 + 12. Tiruray 6 + 13. Bagobo 3 + 14. Aeta, or Negrito, Isle of Negros 2 + 15. Gaddan, Isle of Luzon 2 + 16. Isinay, ibid. 2 + 17. Joloano 2 + 18. Manobo, Isle of Mindanao 2 + 19. Tagbanua, Isle of Paragua 2 + 20. Tino, or Zambale, Isle of Luzon 2 + 21. Batanes, or Vatanes, Isle (of same name) 1 + 22. Bilaan 1 + 23. Bisaya-montes, Isle of Mindanao 1 + 24. Calamiano 1 + 25. Egongot, or Ilongote, Isle of Luzon 1 + 26. Samal 1 + 27. Tagacaolo 1 + + +This bibliography, which we rightly may term wealthy in its two +thousand six hundred and ninety-seven titles [2] of numbered pieces +of literature, besides being based largely on the author's own choice +collection of Philippina, cites also fourteen other bibliographies +of that archipelago. [3] + +In his own list of Philippine languages, or branch-tongues, of this +quarter of Malaysia, in all (as he gives them) thirty-seven in number, +some are mentioned, that, except in a broad sense, will not easily +be recognized as members of the distinctively Philippine family; such +as Sanscrit, Chinese, Japanese, Javanese, Nahuatl of Central America, +along with Kanaka or Ponape, [4] Chamorro and Malgacho, or Malagasy, +as we more familiarly style it, three dialects spoken in lands outside +of the Philippine zone,--of Yap, or Guap, in the eastern Carolines, +the Marianas, or Ladrones, and Madagascar respectively. + +Wherefore, subtracting these nine foreign localized idiom-groups along +with Malay (presumably ancestral tongue of the Philippines, as of +other western Polynesian languages), though herein many scholars hold +that Aeta, or Papuan, is mother, I have reduced the idioms peculiar +(in large measure) to that archipelago itself to the number (given +ahead)--twenty-seven. + +On this question of race and idiom unity Zuniga, whom I cite +frequently in this sketch, says that the vocabularies of New Zealand, +New Holland, New Guinea, and part of New Hebrides (gathered by Captain +Cook) were all easily understood by him through his familiarity with +Philippine dialects; that, moreover, from his knowledge of the racial +and linguistic characteristics of nearly all South Sea islanders, +especially of the peoples from Madagascar to Easter Island, including +(he distinctly declares) the natives of the Friendly, or Society +Isles, of the Sandwich and Marquesas groups, he was of opinion that +aboriginal stock of all, in tongue and blood, including even the +natives of Central America, was Aeta, or Papuan, otherwise styled +(in the Philippines) Negrito. [5] As far back as the early part of the +seventeenth century this same question of race and language identity +of the Philippine people was treated by the Jesuit Chirino, of whom we +shall say more further on; then later by another Jesuit scholar, at one +time provincial superior of his society in the Philippines, Francisco +Colin, in his Lavor evangelica, (Madrid, 1663); and by Lorenzo Hervas +y Panduro, a linguist of deserved eminence in the world of letters, +formerly Jesuit. See his Catalogo (in six quarto vols., Madrid, +1800-1805), and you will learn very much about many strange things, +among others, that the theory maintained by the English Wallace, +the German Blumentritt, and later ethnologists, as to the identity of +these Polynesians--Papuans and Malays--perhaps the only one now held +by scholars--is venerably old, by two centuries and more. But really, +in view of the apparently irreconcilable opinions of linguists on +this topic, further discussion of it seems unprofitable. + +As concerns the Philippines themselves, neither have their isles +all been numbered, nor their sub-races and branch-idioms classified, +except in what we may style a generic scheme. + +Back now to our bibliographer. No study in mere humanities, it seems, +could be more fascinating to your all-round scholar, and more fruitful +especially to anthropologist, than with the guidance of Retana and +other like gifted students of Philippina, to enlarge somewhat on this +bibliographical theme, since in letters chiefly do men of upright mind +find equipment for meditation of spirit, main source of all healthful, +sober, intellectual recreation and work. + +Our list of Philippina, as you will notice, although given merely in +outline, embraces in its sweep across the literary horizon of that +quarter of Malaysia many works of recognized merit in the several lines +of intellectual energy--of history, archaeology, ethnology, philology +and natural philosophy; books, all of them, which, if perchance not +masterpieces according to the higher standard of Caucasian scholarship, +will yet be acknowledged of much interest, nay, of great value in +the inspiration and development of scientific thought. + +In this bibliographical skeleton, then, I shall point out those +sources of information anent the Philippine Islands, wherein the +scholar can best find a general description or history of them, the +most trustworthy works on their very varied and multiform language, +as well as other topics cognate with these. Hence these sub-sections +into which my paper is split: (1) Works of General Information; (2) +Authorities on Philippine Dialects; (3) Some Literary Curios among +Philippina; (4) Philippine Presses; (5) Introduction of Printing into +the Philippines. + +First, I name the chief works of reference, [6] of the highest, most +authoritative character, bearing on the distinctive peculiarities of +the Philippines,--works that will be recognized as serviceable to the +general reader and scholar, to him that seeks to learn of the history +of that archipelago, of its antiquities, and characteristics of the +many tribes that people it,--of their customs, religious beliefs, +superstitions and rites; of the fauna, flora, geology of those +islands; in brief, of whatever refers to this part of Malaysia. For +no matter how much the Malay,--Javan, Bornese, Sumatran, as well +as Philippinian--has been civilized--Christianized, so far (as +must be conceded) he has not become Caucasian in mind, nor will, nor +spirit. He remains as he was, (nor any wonder), wholly Asiatic. Albeit, +for three centuries and upwards, taught, ruled, elevated (at times, +too, disedified) by white men, the Malay, or brown man, is not, +perhaps never will be, employed by Europeans, save in very limited +sphere, in wholly subordinate trusts, whether in commerce, trade, +or whatsoever other field of human activity. + + + + + + +I. + +WORKS OF GENERAL INFORMATION. + + +But let us on to our list of works of general reading. Sifting the +treasure-stores of authorities named in Retana and others, I find +the following books of most value and service, whereof, though some +few among them, and for that matter the highest in their respective +classes, are no longer in print, yet these very masterpieces, if +not obtainable by purchase, like many another priceless blessing, +still are worth knowing by title to book-lover and scholar, who, +if perchance he cannot have these repertories of human lore on his +shelves, will know at least by what title to seek them on others. + +Of the Philippines and their neighboring archipelagos these works +rank of the highest worth: + +The history of Mindanao, Jolo, and their adjacent islands (Madrid, +1667), written by the Jesuit, Francisco Combes--the most ancient +detailed account of that region of Polynesia, known as the Archipelago +del Sur, and invaluable beyond other guides to the ethnologist +especially. + +Then an account of the establishment of Christianity in the Marianas +Islands (Madrid, 1670?) similarly the oldest and at the same time most +reliable history of these Ladrones, or robber, islands, so styled by +early Spanish voyagers because of the thievish proclivities of the +natives, every one of them in theory and practice an annexationist and +protectionist to the back-bone, till the Jesuit missionary and scholar, +Diego Luis de Sanvitores, author of this history, rechristened them +Marianas, in honor (according to some chroniclers) of Dona Mariana +of Austria, Queen of Spain, in loving and tenderest-hearted homage +(according to others) of the Blessed Virgin, whose rosary that savant +was wont to recite every day. [7] + +Then the story of the various religious missions in the Philippines +entrusted to members of his Society by another Jesuit, Pedro +Murillo Velarde (Manila, 1749), a rare and valuable work, whereof +an accompanying chart, drawn in 1734, should, strictly speaking, be +styled the earliest detailed topographical map of the Philippines. From +the pen of the same scholar issued, too, an historical geography +of that archipelago (Madrid, 1752), of much worth, the same as his +chart, for its scientific details--albeit little known, it seems, +to Philippinologists. + +Then we have the rare and deeply interesting history (Madrid, 1756) of +some tribes in Luzon, hardest to convert--the Igorrotes, Tinguianes, +Apayaos and Adanes, four races of Indians in the hill-country of +Ilocos and Pangasinan, in spiritual charge of the Augustinians, +a member of which brotherhood, Manuel Carillo, is the author. + +Another book, that because of its manifold literary merit, of +historical accuracy and statistical detail, is styled by Retana +"an historical work par excellence," is the general history of the +Philippines (Sampaloc, 1788-1792), by the Recoleto missionary, Juan +de la Concepcion, copious source of varied and valuable information, +wherein--albeit somewhat prolix in style, at times, too, rather +digressive--the author may fairly be said to be without rival. + +Then comes the descriptive and historical account of the Marianas +Islands (Madrid, 1875), by Felipe La Corte y Ruano Calderon, the best +work on that little-known archipelago, and a rich source of general +information anent these Malaysian islands. + +On the botany of the Philippines, a monumental work of the highest +character is the Philippine Flora (classified according to the sexual +system of Linnaeus), by the Augustinian, Manuel Blanco, printed at +Manila, first in 1837, again in 1845, and finally republished a +third time in 1877-1883, in superb style, in four folio volumes of +text in Spanish and Latin, embellished with two volumes of colored +lithographed plates descriptive of the plants, flowers and fruits +of those islands. One of the co-laborers on the third edition of +this Flora was Ignacio Mercado, a Philippine botanist himself, and +professed member of the Augustinian brotherhood. + +The same Father Blanco also translated into Tagal the French physician +Tissot's work on medicine, enriched with his own life-long observations +on Philippine plant-lore. + +Along with Blanco's Flora should be named the catalogue of fauna +of the Philippines (Manila, 1895-1896), by the Dominican zoologist, +Casto de Elera, an expert in that line of biological science,--a work +in folio (in three volumes) of two thousand three hundred pages and +upwards, termed by Retana not only a monumental work--easily to be +believed--but one unique of its character. + +The geology of the islands (Madrid, 1840?), treated by Isidro +Sainz de Baranda, government inspector of mines, besides being well +worth reading, is the earliest study on this topic made on strictly +scientific lines. + +Two works, sole representatives of their kind, are named by Retana +as of singular value to the physician not only, but to ethnologist +and scholar especially,--one the Embriologia Sagrada (Manila, 1856), +by the Recoleto missionary Gregorio Sanz, written in aid of his fellow +caretakers of souls, whose services in behalf of suffering humanity in +out-of-the-way districts were often called upon by the natives, whose +practice of the curing art, based on their own traditional formulas, +especially in cases of child-bearing, was, despite the efforts of the +missionary to uproot their unnatural and utterly heathen disregard for +human life, attended too often with destruction of progeny and mother. + +The other repository of singular and very curious information is a +treatise in Visaya-Cebuano and Spanish by another Recoleto evangelist, +Manuel Vilches (Manila, 1877), written similarly in benefit of +Indian sick, the Manual, that is, of the Visaya Physician, or native +doctor--mediquillo, as in the Philippines these votaries of Hippocrates +are styled, a work praised by Retana as replete with Indian plant-lore. + +The richest and most valuable collection of statistics relating to +the Philippines, so at least acknowledged by experts, more reliable +too than the Spanish government's own work, is the Estado general +of all the pueblos--Christianized settlements--in the islands, drawn +up by the Dominican archbishop of Manila, Pedro Payo (Manila, 1886), +whereof the data were gathered by his vicars-forane and parochial-cures +throughout the archipelago. While the most artistic map of Luzon, +so styled by Retana, is the chart of that island (Madrid, 1883), +published in four sheets by Enrique D'Almonte y Muriel. + +With mention of two other authors I close this section of +Philippina,--one the history of the islands, or rather a detailed +account of his travels therein, by the Augustinian scholar and +voyager Joaquin Martinez de Zuniga (Sampaloc, 1803), a work known by +its Spanish title as Estadismo de las Filipinas o mis viajes, which, +translated into English by John Maver, was published in London in 1814; +and lately edited by Retana himself at Madrid in 1893. + +As will be easily apparent to even the most cursory reader, Zuniga's +travels, critical throughout in spirit, display on well nigh every +page the results of keen observation of affairs during his wanderings, +combined moreover with sober reflections on the character and condition +of the various races of people of the chief Philippine islands. + +In acknowledgment of its scientific worth, Retana has enriched Zuniga's +history (in the edition just noted) with twelve scholarly appendices +replete with copious erudition, among other topics on the ethnography +and geography of the islands; on animals, plants, and minerals. In +these appendices, too, will be found copious bibliographies on special +topics, as trade, commerce, the nao de Acapulco, taxation, finance, +and the like. + +And,--I feel that attention shall be called thereto, first because +the subject itself is deeply interesting to lovers especially of +folk-lore, then again, because commonly much misunderstood,--in one +of his appendices to Zuniga (ii *66-*83), Retana has reproduced some +twenty-five pages of a Pangasinan Charm Book, covered with strange +words--jumbles, most of them, of mutilated Church Latin, with crosses +and queer-looking symbols. This charm-book in MS. (as are all its +fellows), whereof copies without count are circulated among the lowest, +most superstitious classes of islanders--Indians and meztizos, that is, +Spaniard, or Chinese, mixed with native,--is wont to be worn around +the neck, in the disguise of a Catholic scapular, as safeguard to +the wearer against perils of any kind, chiefly the knife, or bullet, +of his enemy. Again,--I am quoting Retana, who gives his own personal +experiences in Luzon,--so jealously and closely (he says) do these +Indian charm-bearers guard their secret heathenish practice from their +missionaries, who, for ages, albeit not always with good result, have +been striving to detach their wards from such superstitious usages, +that the same scholar and curio-hunter, despite his keenest research +in Luzon, has never been able to catch even a glimpse but of three +of these pagan scapularies, the ones shown to him by a Dominican +missionary, Father Casimiro Lafuente, for many years cure at the +pueblo of Santa Barbara, in Pangasinan, now (1893) a member of the +house of his brotherhood at Avila, in Spain. Moreover, it appears, +from the same Retana, that Father Lafuente, so many years resident +in the islands, had never succeeded in unearthing other scapularies +than these self-same three. + +Many other forms of heathenism, some of them not even yet wholly banned +from the Philippines, the reader will find described in another of +Retana's works--de Aniterias (Madrid, 1894). + +Zuniga also tells all worth knowing of the abominable rites practised +among Luzonians,--of their Nonos, Duendes, the Pag-Papasipin, Tigbalag, +Patianac, Bongsol, and Bilao. Much of what he says regarding the +attachment of these peoples to unclean and impious ceremonies he +has gathered from that rarest of books--one copy only believed to +be extant, at the colonial museum of the Augustinians at Valladolid +(in Spain), the Practica (Manila, 1731), of Father Tomas Ortiz, +one-time missionary of that brotherhood in China, then for thirty +years resident in Luzon, where he died in 1742. + +Better, however, consult Zuniga himself, [8] and the notes thereon by +Retana, who singularly has failed to insert Ortiz' Practica in his +Biblioteca, and you will find much of interest;--among other things +about tattooing, common practice at one time among all Polynesians, +the same as among our own aborigines, until taught more refined ways +by Christian missionaries; and about wakes too,--solemn ceremonials +of grief, with banquetting and chants--on the occasion of the death +of kindred. [9] + +Anent these and similar breaches of the Divine commands against +Satanism, it is surprising (I would observe) to reflect how many +forms of spirit and idol-worship [10] are (to their degradation +be it said) common with Malaysian and Caucasian. (See in our own +periodicals, published presumably by bright-minded, clean-souled +Christian philosophers, yes, see in these oracles of our fireside, +advertisements of magicians, diviners, fortune-tellers, charm-workers, +not to speak of other law breakers, whose mere self-interest seems +to have dulled all true intellective sense.) + +The last authority on general topics I name here as invaluable as +well as deeply interesting to the scholar is the Encyclopedia (in +two volumes) of the Augustinian travelers, Manuel Buzeta and Felipe +Bravo (Madrid, 1851)--a work replete with most varied information +along with statistics, now, of course, out of date, on the ethnology, +geography, topography, dialects, customs and rites of the aborigines +in the Philippine archipelago. + +Barring, as is only fair, any eulogy on the antiquated features of +this Encyclopedia, which yet will be recognized of much service to +the historian, the writer himself, who herein is supported among +others by Retana, would style this monument of varied scholarship +and research a masterpiece of all-round learning; within its lines +an indispensable guide to every Philippinologist. + +Such, then, are the books most trustworthy and serviceable in their +respective fields of history, antiquities, ethnology, and other +sciences relating to Philippina. + +Before leaving this subject to dwell on Philippinian linguistics, +I venture a brief digression on a class of works of general historic +character--repertories of all ethnic science, little known, however, +albeit to their serious disadvantage, to most students, and prized only +by your true-hearted book-lover, who has sense to value what he reads +for its own worth mainly, not because stamped with popular approval. + +These are annals of the religious brotherhoods in the East, to +be recognized in Retana and other catalogues under the various +titles of chronicles--sometimes as Conquistas, a by no means +unfamiliar term--stories, that is, of the conquest of heathendom, +woven oftentimes, no doubt, as recreation by the missionary amid +his cares; sometimes as relief from thoughts of his far-away native +land--journals, as it were, drawn up by the wanderer, who, besides +being traveler, usually was a more or less keen-eyed observer, at home +wherever Providence sent him; where, too, he studied (for self-interest +was also at stake) whatever regarded the natives in his care--the +lands they dwelt in, the skies above them, the waters around them. + +Scholars such as these on life-long service in their foreign homes +were wont to make themselves conversant with every characteristic +of the natives--with the language first of all, then the legends, +poetry, chants; with the traditions and customs of the people, the +industries and sports of their dusky-hued friends and brothers. + +As a rule, these plain, simply-told recitals of matters of fact, +chronicle among other curios of literature, all kinds of even the +most out-of-the-way learning anent the races of men; of plants and +animals, of the various oftentimes most singular phenomena of air, +earth, and water--subjects, all of them, of eagerest quest on the +part of scientist, ethnologist, linguist, philosopher, naturalist. + +These stories, albeit at times verbose, at others digressive, +will be acknowledged by the honest-minded critic as rich, indeed, +in many-sided lore, enough to repay amply whatever time or trouble +you have spent in their reading. + +With the exception of one collection of missionary annals--the +Relations of the Jesuits in North America; now being edited by +Reuben Gold Thwaites, Secretary of the State Historical Society of +Wisconsin--I know of no exact counterpart in the field of English +literature to these delightful narratives of old-time missionary +travelers, Maver's translation of Zuniga's Estadismo, in 1814, being +not only out of print, but I suppose unpurchasable. + +With the aid of such monuments as these--all original records of +old-time conquistadores and their fellow-missionaries in the Americas, +it has resulted (to the delight and blessing of students) that the +cyclopedias of Americana (thirty nine volumes of them), wherein you +will find enshrined whatever is worthy of preservation in the various +chequered cycles of aboriginal and Spanish polity and art, massed +together by the Western historian Bancroft, are veritably invaluable to +the antiquarian, besides being wholesome and refreshing food for men of +intellective genius, as therein, along with abundant matter for romance +and epic, you will see unraveled and laid bare many a drama of life. + + + + + + +II. + +AUTHORITIES ON PHILIPPINE DIALECTS. + + +Now a few words anent the chief authorities on Philippine +linguistics--treatises, namely, bearing on the various dialects +employed in that archipelago, twenty-seven in number, as observed +ahead, all, however, akin in their common stock--Malay, of which these +idioms, or patois, are daughters, yet with countless, sharply-marked +differences between one another. + +A working knowledge of the many fashions of speech so much needed +as obvious, nay, indispensable to traveler or missionary, will be +gained most quickly and thoroughly, it should be premised, from books +of two-fold character,--(1) namely, from grammars and dictionaries +of the several idioms, based on scientific rules of philology; then +(2) from devotional works--books of Christian piety, very numerous +in the Philippines, as are religious manuals, prayer-, sermon-, +and confession-books, whereof titles abound in Retana, all pretty +much from the busy pen of missionaries themselves, to whose zeal +and ability in the instruction of their brown and black many-tongued +wards is due largely, nay, wholly, whatever of humanizing, Christian +character is found in Malaysia, as in fact is true also in other +countries now civilized and enlightened, albeit once barbarian. + +In his latest bibliography, [11] where the number of published +works in each of the twenty-seven dialects of the Philippines is +set down by Retana, you will observe from a study of his lists, that +though in many dialects there are no grammars so entitled, or other +scientific aids to learning a given idiom, yet there are many works +of religious cast printed therein,--hand-books of practical religion, +which you will find useful beyond measure to linguists. Since from +these prayer-books, wherein are set down plainly the simplest and +commonest rules of Christian ethical conduct, you can easily gather +a working knowledge of the language itself, as the missionary who +composed them was careful to put matters of every-day interest in the +plain, every-day speech of the islanders. Before closing this brief +digression on manuals of piety, I must observe what will prove very +useful, I judge, to the scholar, that with works of the first class, +as grammars and dictionaries, is to be associated on shelf and desk +a goodly number of works of another class--books and treatises that +bear the name Arte = Aids to Learning, whereof you will encounter +very many in Retana. + +The Arte of a given dialect, as will be found true also in a measure +for grammars and other school-manuals, will be recognized as a +compendium of not only literary rules, but of many practical maxims of +daily life, whereby the pupils are urged not only to correct speech, +but to upright conduct as well through sobriety, piety to the Supreme +Being, obedience to rulers, respect for parents and fellows, according +to the noblest ideals of refined Christian manhood and womanhood. Thus, +with grammar were taught ethics; with politics, religion. + +Referring here to class-books in the Philippines, where from +the earliest years of the conquest every pueblo had its school of +primary instruction, it will not be irrelevant to point out the fact +very stoutly that though education (as admitted by well-nigh every +chronicler) was primitive in character,--and in the sixteenth and +seventeenth centuries where was it not? yet the course of instruction +given in the common schools of bamboo-thatch was (as results amply +testify) deep and solid enough for the intellectual calibre of the +people. Since, so far as known, Malaysia, however saintly, heroic, +innocent, the same as our own aborigines, albeit now civilized +for three centuries and upwards, has, despite the heartiest aid +in teachers and funds, fairly lavished on them by Church and state, +turned out no man of shining mark, no scholar, no artist, no genius in +statecraft or commerce. The first college-institution with pretensions +to higher courses of intellectual training was opened (formally at +least) by the Jesuits in 1601, less than half a century, that is, +after the arrival of Europeans in Luzon. + +In regard to common Indian schools, so zealously guarded by the +Leyes de las Indias, I have picked up here and there from old-time +chroniclers scraps of many ordinances passed by the crown relative to +their foundation and conduct. Among them the following bits of quaint +old-fashioned oversight of the dominies in charge. Thus, in 1754, I +have read that each maestro of a mission-school was to get, in lieu +of support, "a peso and one caban--a measure--of rice a month." (A +caban was equal to 75 litres, about the same number of quarts, +English.) Again, every mission-priest was called upon to supply (free +to his pupils) "paper and ink." Moreover, as early as the beginning of +the century just closing, in 1817, it was ordained that boys' schools +were to be kept on the ground-floor of the mission-house; while the +girls were to be taught at their mistress' home. (Malaysia--thus it +was ordained--was not to experiment with the "co-educational theory.") + +Now for the promised works of chief authority on Philippine +linguistics,--monuments of the various dialects of that archipelago, +that, along with their purely technical value to the student of idioms, +will be acknowledged as useful to scholars in even far different +lines of intellectual play. + +Of the best works for the study of Visaya, or Bisaya, first dialect +in the islands acquired by missionary and conquistador, wherein he +gives 352 titles (p. xxix), Retana has the following: "Up to a few +years ago the dictionary held in highest repute by linguists was the +work of the Augustinian scholar Alonso de Mentrida," a vocabulary of +the Hiligueina, or Hiligayno, and Haraya tongues--two of the three +chief dialects spoken in Panay, not very different from the Visaya +of Cebu, used, however, by the less cultured tribes of hillsmen in +that island. This vocabulary, first printed in 1637, and in 1841 +republished at Manila, with diagrams of Indian alphabets, enlarged in +another edition in 1842, by a brother missionary, Julian Martin, has +now been supplanted by the Visaya-Spanish dictionary (in two volumes), +of another Augustinian scholar, Juan Felix de la Encarnacion, printed +at Manila, first, in 1851-1852, then in 1866 and again in 1885. + +Another work deserving of praise is the Arte of the Visaya idiom +in use in the islands of Samar and Leite (Binondo, 1872), composed +by the Franciscan traveler, Antonio Figuerroa, in which latter +language--Leite, that with slight changes is similar to Cebuano, +the first grammar was published by the Jesuit missionary, Domingo +Ezquerra, in 1662. + +Helpful, too, as much as the former Arte in philology is the Christian +Doctrine translated into Visaya-Cebuano by the Recoleto scholar and +orator, Tomas de San Jeronimo, known to his contemporaries as "the +Cicero of Cebu." His school-book re-issued at Binondo in 1876 is a +reprint of his edition of 1731. + +Of the Tagal dialect,--a form of speech so hard to acquire with nicety +that, according to a Spanish saying, one needs therefor "un ano de +arte y dos de bahaque," [12] that is to say, unless I am wrong in +my interpretation of the last word--"bahaque" which likely is Aeta, +the scholar needs "a year of study and two of practice." + +The earliest Tagal Arte, so styled in chronicles, for what with the +universal destructive touch of time, and in Luzon especially, the +voracity of that pest of librarians, the anay,--an ant that in a few +hours, it is said, will devour a library,--cases as well as books, +not a sole copy, apparently, has survived, was composed in 1580 +by the Augustinian voyager and missionary, Agustin de Albuquerque, +fourth superior of his brotherhood in the Philippines, and printed +at Manila in 1637. + +In Tagal the works most highly praised are the following: The Critical +Treatise on Tagalisms (Mexico, 1742), by the Franciscan linguist, +Melchior Oyanguren, the only work known wherein that tongue is +contrasted on scientific lines with the classic Latin, Greek, and +Hebrew, and Mandarin Chinese. The author was moved to prepare his +manual for the instruction of his brother missionaries prior to their +entrance into their field of work in Luzon. + +The Tagal dictionary, by the Jesuit missionary, Juan de Noceda, and +others of his society (Manila, 1754), a lexicographical treasure, +was reprinted at Valladolid in 1836, and (in its most highly-prized +form) again, in 1860, at Manila, with valuable additions by some +Augustinian experts. + +For the scholar unacquainted with Latin, the most serviceable work +for learning Tagal is the Essay on Tagal Grammar (Manila, 1878), +composed by the Recoleto missionary and linguist, Toribio Minguella de +la Merced, whose Grammar (in the same language) for the use of children +(Manila, 1886) was adopted for schools by the Spanish government. + +While another helpful work for the study of that same dialect is the +Tagal catechism, by the Augustinian, Luis de Amezquita, a popular +booklet, first printed in 1666, and (in its thirteenth edition) +in 1880, at Manila. + +A rare and precious treatise, praised for its critical spirit, is +the study on Tagal poetry--a compendium of that dialect reprinted +at Sampaloc in 1787, from the first edition of 1703; and again at +Manila, in 1879, by another member of the same brotherhood, Gaspar de +San Agustin, author, besides, of one of the most valued Conquistas, +or histories of the islands. + +For the study of Tagal refrains--for this people is ballad-lover to +the core--and similar turns of speech, an excellent work, one unique +of its kind, is the Coleccion (Guadalupe, 1890), by two well-known +Franciscan linguists, Gregorio Martin and Mariano Martinez Cuadrado. + +The Tagal Arte (Sampaloc, 1745), along with a manual (also in Tagal) +for the administration of the Sacraments, composed by the Franciscan +missionary, Sebastian de Totanes, "is" (according to our bibliographer) +"the best edition of the best grammar" written by missionaries of +that order. + +In Ilocano, another of the unnumbered dialects of Luzon, there is a +good dictionary (Manila, 1849), by the Augustinian scholar, Andres +Carro (aided by others of his brotherhood)--the first work of its +kind, reprinted only a few years ago, in 1888. Serviceable, too, for +the study of the same dialect--Ilocano--as doubtless easy to obtain, +is the Catecismo, by another member of that same order, Francisco Lopez +(Manila, 1877), whereof editions fairly without number have issued. + +In Batanes, or Vatanes, a dialect used in the islets north of Luzon, +mission-field of the Dominicans, hard to reach, nor easy at best to +live in, is composed the Catechism of the Christian Doctrine (Manila, +1834), by a missionary of that order--the only work, perhaps, printed +in that language, wherein Retana states he is about to edit a grammar +and dictionary. In his Biblioteca (p. 51) he gives the Ave Maria in +Batanes, Ibanag and Ilocano, in order to show (he says) the diversities +between these idioms. + +The Pampanga Arte (Manila, 1729), by the Augustinian, Diego Bergano, an +estimable aid to the would-be learner of that language, was reissued at +Sampaloc in 1736. By the same author is a dictionary of Pampanga--the +only work of its class, printed at Manila, first in 1732, and again +in 1860. + +In the Ibanag tongue, otherwise Ibanay or Cagayan, the dictionary by +the Dominican linguist, Jose Bugarin, and companions (Manila, 1854), +we have what Retana styles a masterpiece of philological craft, +"the first and (in fact) only vocabulary of that dialect" whereof +of all Philippine tongues "the orthography is the most difficult to +manage." In another place, however (p. 102), he has named another +Ibanag dictionary (Manila, 1867), constructed from Dominican MSS., +to which similarly (by error I suppose) he has awarded seniority of +press. Prior to the above date--1854--in that vast region of Cagayan, +where, by the way, is grown the choicest tobacco in the Philippines, +the missionaries, for generation and generation of island-pupils had +relied wholly on MS. copies of Padre Bugarin's dictionary. + +In Pangasinan, or Caboalan, dialect used in the province of the +same name in Luzon, we have another linguistic treasure--the Arte +of Mariano Pellicer, of the same brotherhood, reprinted at Manila, +in 1862, from the edition of 1690, whereof in the course of time, +as writers tell us, it came to pass that up to about the middle of +the present century only one copy survived. Then re-cast by Pellicer, +in 1840, it was re-published by him some twenty years later. + +Of the Cuyona dialect I note two works of merit,--one (p. 113) an +explanation of the Christian Doctrine (Manila, 1871), by the Recoleto +missionary, Pedro Gibert de Santa Eulalia, edited by the Dominican +Mariano Cuartero, first bishop of St. Isabel, or Elizabeth, of Jaro, +in the island of Panay, one of the four suffragans of Manila, an +industrious scholar, editor of many works in Indian dialects, whom the +reader, however, is not to confound with another prelate of the same +name, Recoleto bishop of Nueva Segovia, in Luzon, nephew of the former, +who, in this one respect, was like his uncle--author of no book: +while the other Cuyona treasure, whereof there are very few in that +language, ("poquisimos libros," says Retana, p. 230), seven titles +in all comprising the bibliography of that tongue, is the Plan of +Religion (Manila, 1886), by the same industrious and scholarly Gibert. + +In the Gaddan idiom, wherein only two books have been printed, +both very devotional in character, is a Catechism (Manila, 1833), +and the Pathway to Heaven (ib., 1873), by Dominican missionaries in +the provinces of Nueva Vizcaya and Isabela, in Luzon. + +In the Aeta language of the Negritos, or little black men, perhaps the +primitive race of the Philippines--whose name I have encountered in +many forms of spelling, as Ata, Ataa, Aeta, Agta, Aita, Ita, Itaa, +[13] there are similarly, only two works known to Retana, whose +bibliographical notices have been of so much value,--one a Report +on the Philippine Islands (Paris, 1885), addressed to the French +Minister of Public Instruction by J. Montano, a book of over two +hundred and nine pages, illumined with numerous phototypes, and, +what renders it of exceptional value, enriched with vocabularies, +"the first," Retana declares, in Aeta, Bilaan, Manobo (of the natives +of Mindanao), Samal and Tagacaolo dialects. + +As companion volume to the above, though far smaller in bulk, is a +little treatise (Dresden, 1893), of double authorship, the German +A. B. Meyer giving therein a very interesting Aeta vocabulary, and +his Dutch co-laborer, H. Kern, a comparative study of the same tongue, +which he traces to Malay ancestry. + +For the study of Chamorro, idiom of the Marianas Islands, one +will find serviceable the little book of devotions (Manila, 1887), +with counsels for the worthy reception of the Sacraments of God, +(p. 248)--the only work, in fact, we have in this dialect, by the +Recoleto linguist and traveler, Aniceto Ibanez del Carmen. + +Finally, with three other samples of the Philippine press as proofs +of the variety of its polyglot fonts, and I shall have done with this +digression on the many languages used in this part of Polynesia,--one +a grammar in the dialect of Yap or Guap (p. 248), in the western +Caroline archipelago (Manila, 1888), composed apparently by the +Capuchin missionary, Ambrosio de Valencia; the second (p. 332) +a Hispano-Kanaka dictionary (Tambobong, 1892), by another Capuchin +wanderer, according to Retana, Agustin Maria de Arinez. While the +last, a work, as will readily be acknowledged, of interest as well +as importance to ethnologists, linguists, Americanists especially, +is the list of Nahuatlisms of Costa Rica (San Jose de Costa Rica, +1892), by Juan Fernandez Ferraz, a goodly-sized volume of over two +hundred pages, wherein, on purely linguistic grounds, the author +has maintained the kinship of our own Central Americans and the +Philippinians, from the fact especially that in the respective +countries of these two antipodal peoples, abound very many terms of +every-day use, with identical spelling and meaning. In his Biblioteca +(p. 340), Retana has gathered a few of these homonyms and synonyms. + +Such, then, are the chief authorities on language among our Philippina +that, while entertaining, nay instructing the philologist, will +delight also the general student, the writers whereof, as the reader +will not be slow to observe, were in far larger number all churchmen +and missionaries. + +In fact, of the 1142 authors, whose works he has enumerated +(Biblioteca, xxxv-xxxvi), Retana states that four hundred and sixty-six +are ecclesiastics, that is, ninety-eight secular clergymen and three +hundred and sixty-eight members of religious brotherhoods, whereof +the Augustinians--the writer's own order--numbering one hundred and +forty-one authors, inclusive of thirty-seven Recoletos--the bare-footed +branch of that fraternity--figure highest. Next in rank, we have one +hundred Dominicans, then fifty-seven Jesuits, fifty-six Franciscans, +and fourteen authors of orders not specified. + +Of these brotherhoods, who thus in Malaysia, as in other quarters +of the globe, brought forth so brilliant an array of scholars and +philanthropists, the first-named, the Augustinians, with Legazpi, +crossing two oceans and one continent therefore, found a home in the +Philippines at the conquest of that archipelago in 1565; in 1577 the +first Franciscans reached the isles; in 1581, the Dominicans, with +the first bishop of Manila (by actual possession), Domingo Salazar, +member of the same brotherhood, accompanied too by some Jesuits, +while the Recoletos first crossed the Pacific in 1611. + +These churchmen, with very few exceptions Spanish, with later on a +sprinkling of Portuguese, Dutchmen, Germans, Italians and Irishmen, +scholars, as a rule, of fair repute, some even of European eminence, +from their advent into Polynesia, besides their care in implanting +Christian altruism, wherewith only (as history attests) thrive +science and art, have toiled ever since to imbue these islanders, +whom they found heathen--without letters, laws, or settled abode--with +learning, the arts of husbandry, building, carving, painting, weaving, +and the like graces of intellectual grandeur--in brief, with whatever +of civilization now marks Malaysian genius. + +From Manila, as centre of intellectual enlightenment for all +eastern Asiatic and Polynesian lands in the sixteenth century, were +transplanted the germs of philanthropy--of wisdom and charity--to +Borneo, the Carolines, Moluccas, as well as the mainland of Asia, +to China and Japan, while in India the Portuguese, with headquarters +at Goa, fulfilled the same destiny as their Iberian brothers. + +Speaking of the heroism of these self-exiled churchmen and worshipers +of the Christian Minerva in Asiatic tropics, I quote the words of +the famed French savant, Elisee Reclus, a witness, by the way, in no +measure partial to cloister life. In his Universal Geography [14] +he declares that "Los Filipinos son de los pueblos mas civilizados +del Extremo Oriente. Los han civilizado los frailes"--that is, +"The Philippines are one of the most civilized people of the Far +East. The friars have civilized them." + + + + + + +III. + +SOME LITERARY CURIOS AMONG PHILIPPINA. + + +Among the curios of artistic and literary cast, your bright-minded +reader, if on the alert to spy anything deserving of notice, will find +here and there in Retana's pages enshrined many a bit of out-of-the-way +information. The following half dozen or so of oddities will probably +be acknowledged, not unworthy of mention among these Philippina: + +They are La Razon: A Plea Against Certain Vexatious Encroachments of +the Crown on Mexican and Manila Trade, by Jose Nuno de Villavicencio +(Sampaloc, 1737), which bears on its cover the most tasty design by +Philippine burin--a plate illustrative of the contents of the Plea, +engraved by Francisco Suarez, a Tagal artist. + +El Cosmopolita--The Cosmopolitan--(Manila, 1895-1896), the first +periodical (p. 458), with phototypes, published in the islands. + +The first Almanac and Guide-Book for strangers and travelers, with +a Map of the Archipelago, was issued at Manila for the year 1834. + +The newspaper--El Ilocano--a bi-weekly, published in Spanish and +Ilocano at Manila (p. 464), from 1889 to 1896 (?) was the first +periodical written in Indian dialect. + +Again, another periodical--El Hogar (p. 464), The Fireside--a +weekly, of 16 pages, started at Manila in 1892, under the direction +of Madam Amparo Gomez de la Serna, was the first paper devoted +to science, letters, beaux-arts, and useful information published +almost exclusively in the interests of women, while the Revista de +Filipinas (p. 132), a bi-weekly, that, starting at Manila in 1875, +lived only two years, is the worthiest of Philippine periodicals, +noticeable chiefly for the deeply scientific cast of its papers. + +The Romancero Filipino, a work of fancy (Manila, 1892), by Manuel +Romero Aquino, is styled (p. 554) by Retana the neatest and best +piece of work by Philippine pen. + +While The American Soldier, a four-page daily newspaper, whereof +the opening number is dated Manila, September 10, 1898, is the +first periodical, maybe print of any sort, in the English language, +published in the islands. + +With the foregoing extravaganzas of literature we note that the series +of Philippine periodicals, which in Retana's own collection number +(he says) one hundred and twelve, in their entirety do not surpass +one hundred and sixty. Of his own he gives the titles (Biblioteca, +xxiii-xxviii) from Del Superior Gobierno, the first newspaper issued +in the islands, with the imprint of Manila, August 8, 1811, down to +the latest--The Kon Leche (Tea and Milk)--a four-page weekly satirical +periodical, with illustrations (in two colors), published at Manila +in 1898. + +The oldest piece of what we may style distinctively Philippine +literature, whereof, moreover, only one copy is believed to be extant, +albeit printed abroad in Europe, is an Account of Legazpi's Expedition +from Mexico to Cebu in 1565, sent from Seville to one Miguel Salvador, +of Valencia, and printed one year later at Barcelona. This Copia--thus +entitled in Retana--heads his list of Philippina, a study of which, +with the supplement (p. 505 et seq.), discloses the fact that of +the books that head his Biblioteca, the first nineteen were printed +abroad--eighteen in Europe; that is, nine in Spain, at Barcelona, +Madrid, Burgos, Valencia and Seville; seven in Italy, at Rome, Genoa +and Venice; one each in France, at Paris, and in Flanders, at Antwerp +("Amberes" in the Spanish), where a Mendoza's History of China was +printed in 1596, by Bellero; and the nineteenth in Mexico. + +The first fruit itself of the Philippine press--thus styled by Retana, +though mistakenly, we judge--was the Spanish-Japanese Dictionary of +1630, on which I will make some remarks when treating of the early +Philippine press. + +Moreover, it is noticeable that of these earliest Philippina not one of +them treats distinctively of religious matters, but--with the exception +of two, Fragoso's and Acosta's Botanies, or works on Eastern flora--are +wholly historical in character, embracing, as they do, along with the +Copia of 1566, eleven editions of the still estimable history of China +and other Asiatic lands, by the Augustinian traveler, Juan Gonzalez +de Mendoza, whereof the Roman edition (by Vincenzo Acolti in 1585) +gives plates illustrative of Chinese typographical symbols--the first +shown to Europeans. Of this history, it may be observed, thirty-eight +editions have appeared in all--in Latin, Spanish, Italian, French, +German, Dutch, and English. Among these early Philippina--to continue +our analysis--is a history of that archipelago, by the Franciscan +chronicler, Marcelo de Ribadeneyra; a report on the same islands, by +the Jesuit scholar, Pedro Chirino--the first work of its kind published +in Europe (Rome, 1604), with diagrams of Philippine characters--signs, +namely, employed by the natives in writing, whereof, says Retana, +"a miserable edition" was printed at Manila in 1890. Then follow +other works, among them a story of the conquest of the Moluccas, one +of the sixteenth century names of the Philippines, a work of utmost +value to the historical writer, composed by the presbyter, Bartolome +Leonardo de Argensola (Madrid, 1609); then a trustworthy account of +the triumph of Spanish arms in the Philippines, by Antonio de Morga, +auditor-general of the crown in those colonies, printed in Mexico in +1609; and lastly the report of Governor Francisco Guzman de Tello, +eleventh captain-general of those islands (Seville, 1598?). + +The two merely scientific works, alluded to ahead, are "Discourses on +Aromatic Things--Plants, Fruit, and the like simple Medicines employed +in the East Indies," composed by Juan Fragoso, a rare and curious work +(Madrid, 1572); and a Treatise on the Drugs and Medicines used in the +East Indies, with plates representing various plants, by Cristobal +Acosta, published first in Spanish at Burgos in 1578; in Latin (in +two editions) in 1582 and 1593; in French (also in two editions) +in 1602 and 1619; lastly in English in 1604. + + + + + + +IV. + +PHILIPPINE PRESSES. + + +Now for a description of the different printing-presses--or, rather, +places--in the Philippines, from the earliest named by Retana in his +Biblioteca, in all fourteen distinct localities, where printing was +carried on in the three islands of Luzon, Panay and Cebu. + +1.--From an analysis of the titles I find that Manila ranks earliest, +where (with limitations to be set later) a printing-press was +established in 1630, in which year, at the Dominican College of +St. Thomas, a Spanish-Japanese dictionary, the work of Portuguese +Jesuit missionaries and scholars, now translated into Spanish, was +printed by Tomas Pinpin, a native Tagal, and Jacinto Magaurlua. This +dictionary (now extremely rare), even though not the first book +printed in the islands, as stated by Retana, must yet be ranked among +the earliest specimens of Philippine literature. + +In his Bibliography three different titles (we may observe) bear +the imprint of Manila, with the name of this city spelled according +to the ancient aboriginal form, albeit but slightly varied from +the present--"Maynila"--otherwise, as I have read it, "Mainilla," +a variant in orthography one encounters in old chronicles--a Tagal +word (it seems) signifying a species of shrub or bush, in the Spanish +rendered arbusto, that in 1571 was found to cover the site of the new +city projected by the conquistadores, under the leadership of Miguel +Lopez de Legazpi. + +In this same year, it may be added, the site of the future metropolis +of Malaysia was taken possession of by Spanish arms, with due +observance of ceremonial, sealed with the three local chieftains, +[15] Lacandola, Matanda and Soliman, by blood-bargain--pacto de +sangre. [16] Here, too, at Manila, the second church in Malaysia +devoted to the Supreme Being, the first having been founded at Cebu, +was dedicated the same year (1571) to God, under the most fitting title +of the Conversion of St. Paul the Apostle, first great missionary to +heathendom. At Cebu, by agreement with Chief Tupas, the standard of +Christian comity--the Cross--had been reared in 1565, and its church +dedicated in honor of St. Michael Archangel, name-saint of Legazpi, +though shortly after rechristened El Santo Nino--the Holy Child--its +title to-day. + +The three works then printed at "Maynila," or Bush Town, in Luzon, +are a Manual of Devotions to St. Roch, translated into Tagal by the +Augustinian missionary, Esteban Diez, a skilled Tagalist, in 1820; +a periodical--the Revista Catolica--whereof the first and only number +(p. 309) was issued in 1890; and lastly, a weekly paper (the same as +the former) in Tagal, published in 1896. + +2.--The second place to witness the establishment of a press +was Sampaloc, in Zambales province, in Luzon, where, in 1736, +at the Franciscan convent of Our Lady of Loreto, was printed the +Augustinian Diego Bergano's Arte, in Pampanga--first fruit, it seems, +of typographical genius in that pueblo. While the last imprint with the +name of Sampaloc is an almanac, or church calendar, for the year 1838 +(more probably, however, printed the year ahead), when the old press, +founded by Franciscan friars a hundred years before, disappears. + +3.--At Tayabas, in the province of the same name, in Luzon (p. 31), +was printed a Tagal dictionary, by the Franciscan, Totanes, now +supplanted, however, by Noceda's far superior work on philological +score, especially with the additions made thereto by the Augustinians +in the Manila edition of 1860. This Tayabas imprint is the only work +I have encountered with the name of that pueblo. + +4.--The first Cavite imprint (p. 38) dates (it seems) from 1815--a +church calendar for the following year; while the last, with the +name of this Manila suburb written, however, with a K--"Kavite"--is +an appeal of the revolutionary party in 1898 (p. 451), under the +official seal of the Gobierno Dictatorial de Filipinas. + +5.--Binondo is the fifth place, whereof the first work--statistical +reports of Franciscan missionaries--was printed in 1865; the last, +Jose Patricio Clemente's Moral Lectures for Youth (p. 540), in +1872. In regard, however, to this town, it should be observed that +in his earlier bibliography (ed. 1893) Retana names a work printed +by Pinpin in the Hospital of St. Gabriel, at Binondo, in 1623. + +6.--At Vigan, the old Villa Fernandina of the Ilocos, known also to +Spaniards as Nueva Segovia, a city founded in the sixteenth century +by Juan Salcedo, one of the captains under Legazpi, and so christened +by him in memory of his native place in Spain, but now known as Lalo, +or Lal-lo,--here was started a Sunday newspaper, El Eco de Vigan, +published in Ilocano in 1883, that died, however, a year after birth. + +7.--In Iloilo (on the island of Panay) was printed, in 1885, the +pastoral letter of Alejandro Arrue, Recoleto bishop of St. Isabel, +or Elizabeth, of Jaro. + +8.--Then comes Guadalupe, eighth place on our list, a sanctuary village +on the left bank of the river Tasig, a couple of leagues from Manila, +a shrine founded by Augustinians in 1601, in honor of St. Nicholas, +the wonder-worker of Tolentino, a place visited yearly by great numbers +of Chinese Confucians, as well as Christians, who hold that saint in +highest and most singular veneration. At Guadalupe, in 1886, issued +two works from the orphanage press--An Abridgment of the Christian +Doctrine of Pouguet and Fleuri, drawn up in Bisaya by Father Mateo +Perez, Augustinian cure of Argao; and Lozano's Novena to St. Thomas +of Villanova. The last imprint of Guadalupe--a Tagal Catechism, by +Luis de Amezquita, a brother missionary of Perez--bears the date 1890. + +9.--The earliest sample of Cebu print--the island where, under +Legazpi, three centuries earlier, civilization first found a footing in +Malaysia--is a work that elicits from Retana remarkable praise, in view +of the difficulties that attended its printing; the paper--such was the +dearth in the Visayas of proper material for good press-work--being +of five or six different qualities in body, make, color. This work, +that I think we may style a triumph of adaptive art, is the Ensayo +para una Galeria de Asturianos ilustres, a genealogical monument +(in three volumes), by the Augustinian antiquary, Fabiano Rodriguez, +begun in 1888 and completed in 1893. While the last Cebu imprint, +a government statistical report on crime and the like, is dated 1892. + +10.--Tambobong, a pueblo near the coast, in Tondo province, about +three miles from Manila, comes tenth in our list, where, at the +orphan asylum of Our Lady of Consolation, in 1889, was printed a +weekly newspaper--the Revista Catolica de Filipinas--discontinued +in 1896. While the last imprint from this press--An Abridgment of +the History of Spain (of only eight pages)--was issued, presumably, +in 1897. + +11.--At Nueva Caceres, or Camarines, in Luzon, a town founded in +the sixteenth century by Governor Francisco Sande, in memory of his +birthplace in Estremadura, but now known even officially as Naga, +the first work bearing the name of that pueblo--a hand-book of +devotions--issued from the press of the Sagrada Familia, in 1893; and +two years later (in 1895) the last--A Life of St. Monica and her son, +St. Augustine--written, the same as the former, in Bicol dialect. + +12.--In 1895, we read the earliest printed samples of Malabon art--a +poetical tribute of gratitude to Our Lady of Welcome--Bien-Venida, +one of the many titles of the Mother of God, so dear to Philippine +soul, by Fructuoso Arias Camison, from the orphan-press of Our Lady +of Consolation (in care of Augustinians). Only once, it may be noted, +is the name of this pueblo--encountered quite frequently in Retana, +the same (he says) as Tambobong, written "Malabong," a somewhat unusual +form of spelling--employed by Manuel Sastron, in his description of +Batangas, printed in 1895. + +From several specimens of Malabon press-work, now before me, I may +observe that, for accuracy in composition, neatness--in brief, of +general excellence in workmanship--these samples of the orphanage +establishment at Malabon would not fail to honor even a Philadelphia +craftsman. + +Two years ago (in 1898), just prior to the siege of Manila, under +the care of two Fathers and four lay-brothers of the Augustinians, +resident at this orphan asylum, one hundred and one lads were being +taught the following trades: 13 compositors, 12 press-workers, 30 +bookbinders, 3 gilders, 43 candlemakers, while 44 other youngsters, +too small for hard work, were, the same as their seniors, given food, +clothing, and shelter; [17] while similarly, at Mandaloya orphan +asylum for girls, conducted by twenty-two sisters (of the same order), +a hundred and twenty-two lassies were taught music (piano), painting, +drawing, embroidery, flower-, lace- and dress-making, hair-dressing, +laundry-work, and sewing. [18] + +But alas! it is feared that through the grim fate of war a like +disaster, as has wrecked many another fair shrine of learning and +art in countries even nearer our own, has befallen our studios +and laboratories at Malabon and Mandaloya, that therefrom their +inmates--orphans, instructors and care-takers are now wanderers, +with their treasures ravished, their homes destroyed. + +13.--Then we meet with a work printed in 1896, at the revolutionary +press at Imus, in Cavite province, in Luzon,--a proclamation (in +Tagal)--the only imprint bearing the name of this pueblo. + +14.--Finally, in 1898, at Mandaloyon, or Mandaloya (named ahead), +an old hacienda of the Augustinians in Tondo province, in Luzon, +the morning-paper--La Republica Filipina--began publication with +the flag of the new-born republic in colors for heading,--the first +journal of the Tagal insurgents, that had so much to do in bringing +about the downfall of Spanish rule in the Philippines. + +Before concluding this section on early presses, we may add the +references made by Retana to other Philippine prints than the ones +given in his Biblioteca. In a former work [19] he states that by +certain writers, whom he names, presses were said to have been +established on the isle of Luzon, viz: at Bacolor in 1619; Macabebe +in 1621; and Tayabas in 1703. Similarly, he cites two works, named by +the Franciscan antiquarian Huerta as having been printed at Manila +earlier than the Bugarin dictionary--the Devocion Tagalog in 1610; +and a Diccionario in 1613, both (according to Huerta) from the press +of Tomas Pinpin, the Tagal printer. Moreover, under the heading of +"Manila" and "Pinpin," Retana gives the dates of several still older +imprints than the Japanese dictionary of 1630, which in his Biblioteca +has been accorded the honor of senior of the Philippine press. + +The reason for the omission of these titles in Retana's later +bibliography, that otherwise would seem unaccountable, is perhaps a +doubt as to their genuinity. But why he should fail to mention this +flaw in their line of ancestral title, is like many another perplexing +problem that the scholar is apt to encounter in his wanderings through +the shadowy, albeit delightful and fascinating realm of letters. + +We now pass on to the question of the introduction of the press into +the Philippines. + + + + + + +V. + +INTRODUCTION OF PRINTING INTO THE PHILIPPINES. + + +As regards the introduction of printing itself into that archipelago, +wherein (as writers agree) the first press was set to work in the +opening years of the seventeenth century, yet there is dispute as to +two points,--the precise date, namely, when the printing-press was +first established there, and the country whence it was carried to +those islands. + +Though in his Biblioteca Retana inferentially states that the +Spanish-Japanese Dictionary of 1630 was the earliest Philippine +imprint, yet in another work of a few years ahead, one of his +numerous valuable appendices to Zuniga's Travels, [20] the same +author has maintained, rightly and soundly enough it would seem, +a wholly different opinion. There he reproduces the title-page of a +work printed twenty years earlier, in 1610, which he himself saw in +the Museo Biblioteca de Ultramar, whereof the title (he declares) +is as follows: + +Arte y Reglas | de la Lengua | Tagala. | Por el Padre. F. Fray +Francisco de. S. Joseph de la | Orde de. S. Domingo Predicador General +en la Prouincia | de. N. Senora del Rosario de las Islas Filipinas. | + +[Here the Grand Seal of the Dominican Order (in wood) with this +legend:] + +| Mihi avtem ab | sit glorianisi incruce Dni Nri IESVXPIAD--| GAL. 6. | + +| En el Partido de Bataan | galo, Ano de 1610. | + +Substantially the aforesaid title means that the book--a Tagal +grammar--was composed by Father Francisco de S. Joseph (whose +family-name (as otherwise known) was Blancas), of the Dominican Order, +preacher-general of his province of Our Lady of the Rosary in the +Philippines, and printed at Bataan, A.D. 1610. [21] + +In one of his Appendices to Zuniga, [22] Retana affirms that the +printer of this Arte was the Tagal Tomas Pinpin. + +Why, then, with this sample of early Philippine typography before his +eyes, presumably yet extant on the shelves of the Museo de Ultramar, +Retana (whose interesting description of Blancas' Arte of 1610 will +shortly follow) should have deemed it right to omit all mention +of it in his latest bibliography, wherein, so far as I can read, +there is not the slightest reference to it, seems truly a literary +conundrum--one that, for me at least, baffles all power of solution. + +However, accepting facts in the world of letters, as in the objective +universe of God's creation, as they stand, as we see them and know +them, with the guidance of Retana himself, we now proceed (as promised) +to a description of this Tagal grammar, the earliest specimen of +Philippine typography known at least to be extant. + +Blancas' Arte is a book printed on rice paper--papel de arroz--with +a preface of sixteen unnumbered pages and three hundred and eleven +(of text) numbered, that is, three hundred and twenty-seven in all, +yet in one instance wrongly paged, since the observant eye of our +bibliographer has detected that what really is page 157 in the Arte +has been printed "156," the body of the grammar thus comprising, +not 311 pages, as the printer has made it, but in reality 312. + +On the verso of the title (that is, page 2) are given various licenses +to print, issued among other officials by Miguel Ruiz of Binondoc +(an old form apparently for the town now known as Binondo), this +permit being dated February 6, 1609. Then follow the licenses of +Father Blancas' own provincial superior, dated Manila, June 3, and +another official's, whose name (Retana says) is missing by reason of +the page having been torn, dated from Quiapo, on (month too wanting) +24, of the same year--1609--with the former. + +On the third page, with the date July 28, 1609, we read the names of +several Manila church-officers, eight in all, licensing Father Blancas' +Arte, among them the dean of the cathedral-chapter of Manila, the +archdeacon Arellano, and Pedro de Rojas, who, as secretary apparently +of that body, adds his attestation to the chapter-action above. + +From pages 4 to part of 7 is a Tagal Hymn to the Holy Virgin, Mother +of Our Lord; then following the finale of this hymn, a prayer to God, +Almighty Giver of all intellectual light, for power to be granted His +servants to learn of His wisdom and ability to tell it to the Tagals. + +Then, following some ancient Tagal characters, comes the grammar in +chief, which has been printed (as is obvious) [23] from type, bearing +distinct marks of use. Wherefore, since we have now concluded Retana's +description of this Arte, we, in turn, may observe--the inference seems +lawful--that our Bataan press of 1610 had been at work before that +year, and Father Blancas' Arte is not the earliest Philippine imprint. + +A point made by Retana with reference to Bataan, place of imprint on +the title thereof, is to this effect that instead of Bataan, name (he +says) of a province, and in olden time of a very unimportant pueblo +(known, however, more correctly as "Batan"), [24] one should read +Abucay, capital of the province of Bataan, a far likelier place for +the establishment of a printing-office. [25] + +So much, then, for the still more ancient work than Bugarin's +dictionary of 1630. + +But how much earlier than 1610, date of the Tagal Arte, or in what part +of the Philippine archipelago, the press was at work, is a puzzle, +that relying on the only authorities bearing in any manner on the +priority of the press, we shall now seek to unravel. + +When referring to this question of early typography [26] Retana +declares that there are only two authors that treat of the introduction +of the press into the Philippines,--one the history of his province +(of the Holy Rosary), which with the Philippines embraced also China +and Japan, by the Dominican traveler and missionary, Father Diego +Aduarte, whose work, published at Manila, in 1640, is the second +title in our Biblioteca, bearing the name of that city as place +of imprint, and the only old-time authority (in print) treating of +ancient Malaysian typography. + +The other is a history (published a few years ago) entitled La Orden +de Predicadores, of the Dominicans (Madrid, 1884), by a member of that +brotherhood, Father Martinez-Vigil, at one time resident at Manila, +where he held a chair in the university of that city, and now (1900) +bishop of Oviedo in Spain. + +We shall, therefore, summon these two witnesses in the question in +point of primeval Philippina. + +Aduarte's reference to early typography [27] contains substantially +the following statements: that living with the Fathers of his Order +(at Binondo) was a Christian Chinese, named Juan de Vera, a most +worthy man, printer by trade, who had learned his art at home, and +"the first printer" in the Philippines; that moreover he was employed +by Father Blancas in getting out divers hand-books of devotion for +the Indians, as well as for the missionaries themselves; and that +as the said Juan was a good worker, always busy at his trade, he +printed very many books, among them a Memorial of the Christian life; +book on the postrimerias--that is, the Four Great Last Truths--Death, +Judgment, Heaven, Hell; Preparation for Communion; Confession-Book; +the Mysteries of the Rosary; an Arte for the Tagals, or Aid to learn +Spanish, and the like. Such are the titles of some of the books +printed at Binondo by Juan de Vera. + +Commenting on the above statements of Aduarte, our bibliographer, +however, makes this very sensible observation,--the omission, namely, +of any positive information on two points of utmost importance to +the antiquary and historian,--at what time, that is, was de Vera's +press set up in the Philippines; and whence was it brought to those +islands? Anent the first press it is noteworthy (according to the +unanimous opinion of critics) that it certainly was not carried thither +from Spain, though maybe sent over from Mexico, where printing was +established in the early years of the sixteenth century, Retana, +however, maintaining as likelier that the first printing-outfit +introduced into the Philippines was brought thither from Japan, where +(as we otherwise know) a book, the Sanctos no Gosagueo, or Compendium +of the Lives of the Saints, was printed at the Jesuit College at +Katsusa, in 1591. In the same kingdom I find printed (at another +Jesuit College) at "Nangasaki," in 1603, the Vocabulario de Japon, +Japanese ancestor of the old Bugarin dictionary elsewhere referred to +(in this paper) as having been published at Manila in 1630. [28] In +Japan,--the fact is worth noting,--ten different works were printed +in Roman characters prior to the year 1599. + +But let us return to Luzon. If Aduarte is right in his assertion +that Juan de Vera was "the first printer in the Philippines," then +the press was at work prior to the year 1610, and the Tagal Arte +(just described) is not the forerunner of Philippine imprints. + +So much for one of Retana's oracles. Now pass we on to consider the +second and only other writer that, with original sources at hand, +has treated of this bibliographical problem, Father Martinez-Vigil, +who, in the story of his order (named ahead) mentions this fact, that +when resident at Manila he was shown a very rich codex--a MS.--of over +six hundred folios, on Chinese paper, in perfect condition, for many +reasons (all duly set forth) of unassailable authenticity, and albeit +(he remarks) somewhat hard to decipher, except to a palaeontologist, yet +written with marvelous clearness and neatness of penmanship. In this +MS., which (the Father says) was written during the years 1609-1610, +besides an account of all notable occurrences in the islands from 1581 +to 1606, with which latter year the story ends, four years earlier, you +should observe, than Pinpin's Arte of 1610, are also to be read these +words: "Los que primero imprimieron fueron del orden de San Agustin +el P. Fr. Juan de Villanueva, algunos tratadillos; mas del orden de +Sto. Domingo el P. Fr. Francisco de San Joseph cosas mayores y de +mas tomo el primero que escribio en lengua araya fue de la Compania." + +Whereof, the meaning substantially is, that "the first printers (in +the Philippines) were of the Order of St. Augustine, among them Father +Juan de Villanueva, publisher of some small treatises--tratadillos; +then others of the Order of St. Dominic, of whom Father Francisco +de San Joseph printed works of larger bulk, and was the first of his +brethren to write in araya (Tagal?)." + +Here then, in these quotations from two Dominican monuments--Aduarte's +history and the MS. (quoted by Martinez-Vigil), the latter ending +with events of the year 1606--you have all that antiquity tells of +the introduction of the printing-press into the Philippines. + +To the assertion (in the MS.), relative to the Augustinian press, +may be appended an item or so in regard to the art-establishment of +that order at Lubao, in Pampanga province in Luzon, which I have +picked up from one of their chroniclers, Gaspar de San Agustin, +a Tagal and Visaya linguist, who died, some say at Tondo, others +at Manila, in 1724, after nearly fifty years' mission-service in +the islands. In his history (Madrid, 1698), are the following words +in reference to Lubao convent: "Se han celebrado en este Convento +algunos Capitulos intermedios y mucho tiempo huvo Estudios menores de +Gramatica y Retorica; y teniamos tambien en el una muy buena Imprenta, +traida del Japon, en que se imprimian muchos libros, assi en la lengua +Espanola como Pampanga y Tagala." [29] + +In brief, that is, Father Gaspar says that "in Lubao convent, where the +order maintained a school of grammar and rhetoric, there was a press +(brought from Japan), whereon many books were printed in Spanish, +Pampanga, and Tagal." May we not, then, be justified in surmising +that this Lubao press was the one referred to in the MS. adduced by +Martinez-Vigil, that attributes to Augustinians the introduction +of typography into the Philippines? And, moreover, since the said +ancient MS. ends with the year 1606, that this Lubao press was at +work at a still earlier date? + +But, enough. With no originals at hand, we feel disinclined to pursue +this topic further as to the priority of printing in the islands, +nor do we care to press the question, whether, namely, the first book +of Philippine manufacture was Bugarin's dictionary of 1630, Blancas' +Arte of 1610, or the Lubao tratadillos of 1606. + +In our own colonies (we may observe) printing was introduced, first at +Cambridge in Massachusetts, in 1638; while in Pennsylvania the first +book printed--an almanac--by William Bradford, of Philadelphia, is +dated 1685, a full half century later, that is, than the introduction +of this "art preservative of arts" into Malaysia. + + + + + + +NOTES + + +[1] See his Catalogo Abreviado de la Biblioteca Filipina (Madrid, +1898), pp. xxix-xxxi. + +[2] These figures are given by Retana--a faulty enumeration, however, +in that they fail to include all the titles in his work. Thus +(p. 338), instead of a series-number we read four ciphers, to be met +with elsewhere the same as his bis mark (pp. 59, 90, 118, 565). Again +Mentrida's Arte and Diccionario of 1637, mentioned twice (Nos. 100, +173) have not been entered by Retana in his lists; neither has the +first edition (Tayabas, 1703,) of Santos' Tagal dictionary, (pp. 31, +32.). In reality then, instead of only 2697 titles in his Biblioteca, +one should count, I venture to guess, at least some twenty or thirty +more than are given. + +[3] Biblioteca, vii-xi. + +[4] Singularly varied are the names given by writers to this +dialect of Yap, as Bonabe, Bonibet, Bornabi, Funopet, Panapee, +Ponape, Puynipet, while to the French the island itself is known as +Ascension. (Art. "Caroline Islands," Encycl. Brit.) + +[5] Read, however, his observations thereon in full in his Estadismo, +i, 426-429. The same opinion as to Aeta being mother-tongue in the +Philippines is pronounced also by Buzeta, ii, 49. + +[6] Throughout this sketch, unless otherwise noted, I follow only +Spanish authorities. + +[7] See the Augustinian Zuniga's Estadismo ii, *395, to which further +reference will be made. + +[8] Estadismo, i, 426-429. + +[9] For these usages, see Zuniga, Estadismo, i, 533-534. + +[10] Various heathen rites, practised by these islanders, are +described in Buzeta (i, 60, etc.), as well as names of deities, +and other enormities of man's distortion of truth. + +[11] Biblioteca, xxix-xxxi. + +[12] Relative to this term bahaque, which I have met only once, +in the Historia Franciscana, (parte I, lib. i, cap. 39,) is the +following description of the black men, the Aetas, or negroes, of +Negros, "andan totalmente desnudos," (the author says,) "y solo traen +cubiertas las partes verendas con unos como Lienzos, tirantes de atras +a adelante, que se llamen Bahaques, los quales hacen de cortesas de +Arboles majadas con gran tiento, de modo que ay algunos, que parecen +Lienzo fino; y rodeandose por la Cintura un Bejuco, en el amarran el +Bahaque por sus dos extremos." See Zuniga, i, 423, wherefore, perhaps, +the significance of bahaque in the proverb. + +[13] Retana's Appendix G, in Zuniga's Estadismo, ii, *492. + +[14] This quotation is from page 28 of Apostolado de la Prensa, No. 82 +(Madrid, 1898), which locates it in tome xiv, p. 541, of Reclus. + +[15] In old Spanish chronicles it is a common thing to meet such titles +of these Indian rulers, as Ladia, Radia, Raxa, and Raja. Lacandola +was rajah of Manila. + +[16] The Augustinian chronicler, Grijalva, is one of the earliest +writers to describe this rite, which, according to him, is performed as +follows: "La cerimonia se haze, sacando delos pechos delos que contraen +la amistad una poca de sangre, y mezelando la una, y la otra en un +poco de vino, le veuen por iguales partes los contrayentes." (Cronaca +del Orden, from 1533-1592, Mexico (in the Augustinian Convent), +1624.) Quotation from Zuniga, ii, 215. From Buzeta, i, 395, it appears +that blood-bargain was first entered into by Legazpi (in 1565) at +Bohol, with Chief Sicatuna. + +[17] From the report of the Orphanage for 1897-1898, in Estado General, +Malabon, 1898. + +[18] From the report of the Orphanage at Mandaloya, in Estado +(as ahead). + +[19] See Appendix B, in Zuniga's Estadismo, ii, *105-*123, where +Retana has given, with a list of the early presses in the Philippines, +the names of the printers. + +[20] Zuniga Estadismo, ii, 101. + +[21] Provinces of the other friars in Malaysia (including the +Philippines) are entitled as follows: Augustinians--Most Holy Name of +Jesus; Franciscans--St. Gregory the Great; Hospitallers--St. Raphael +Archangel; Recoletos--St. Nicholas of Tolentino. + +[22] Zuniga Estadismo, Appendice B, ii, *103, *104, and *115. + +[23] Thus Retana, ii, *103 (as above). + +[24] Zuniga Estadismo, ii, *350. + +[25] Id., ii, *104-*105. + +[26] Id., ii, *95-*100. + +[27] For the original in full (too long to quote here) see Retana in +Estadismo (as above), ii, *95-*98, where it covers nearly three pages. + +[28] The Jesuit Mission Press in Japan. 1591-1610. By Ernest Mason +Satow. [Privately printed.] 1888, where you will find reproduced in +photographic fac-simile the title-page of the above-named books. + +[29] Zuniga, Estadismo, ii, *111-*112. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Some notes on the bibliography of the +Philippines, by Thomas Cooke Middleton + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PHILIPPINES *** + +***** This file should be named 35191.txt or 35191.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/1/9/35191/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team for Project Gutenberg at +https://www.pgdp.net/ + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/35191.zip b/35191.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fc9146 --- /dev/null +++ b/35191.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9cd98ea --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #35191 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/35191) |
